-----BEGIN PRIVACY-ENHANCED MESSAGE----- Proc-Type: 2001,MIC-CLEAR Originator-Name: webmaster@www.sec.gov Originator-Key-Asymmetric: MFgwCgYEVQgBAQICAf8DSgAwRwJAW2sNKK9AVtBzYZmr6aGjlWyK3XmZv3dTINen TWSM7vrzLADbmYQaionwg5sDW3P6oaM5D3tdezXMm7z1T+B+twIDAQAB MIC-Info: RSA-MD5,RSA, CV6j5gPWAMxLc1IrI5NL2tlQ2qW3p9g+OQxBu/7buJYUOMxLZbwOUoKHk2HgqE+C vx3jdDR6XrNShReSn/vUKg== 0001047469-03-010988.txt : 20030331 0001047469-03-010988.hdr.sgml : 20030331 20030328182420 ACCESSION NUMBER: 0001047469-03-010988 CONFORMED SUBMISSION TYPE: 10-K PUBLIC DOCUMENT COUNT: 9 CONFORMED PERIOD OF REPORT: 20021231 FILED AS OF DATE: 20030331 FILER: COMPANY DATA: COMPANY CONFORMED NAME: INFORMATION HOLDINGS INC CENTRAL INDEX KEY: 0001063744 STANDARD INDUSTRIAL CLASSIFICATION: BOOKS: PUBLISHING OR PUBLISHING AND PRINTING [2731] IRS NUMBER: 061518007 STATE OF INCORPORATION: DE FISCAL YEAR END: 1231 FILING VALUES: FORM TYPE: 10-K SEC ACT: 1934 Act SEC FILE NUMBER: 001-14371 FILM NUMBER: 03626677 BUSINESS ADDRESS: STREET 1: 2777 SUMMER STREET STREET 2: SUITE 209 CITY: STAMFORD STATE: CT ZIP: 06905 BUSINESS PHONE: 2034665055 MAIL ADDRESS: STREET 1: 2777 SUMMER STREET STREET 2: SUITE 209 CITY: STAMFORD STATE: CT ZIP: 06905 10-K 1 a2106388z10-k.htm 10-K
QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document

UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549


FORM 10-K

(Mark One)  

ý

ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2002

OR

o

TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

Commission file No. 1-14371


INFORMATION HOLDINGS INC.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

DELAWARE
(State of incorporation)
  06-1518007
(IRS Employer Identification No.)

2777 Summer Street, Suite 209
Stamford, Connecticut

(Address of principal executive offices)

 

06905
(Zip Code)

(203) 961-9106
(Registrant's telephone number, including area code)

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

Title of Each Class
Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share

 

Name of Exchange on Which Registered
New York Stock Exchange

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None

        Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.

        YES o NO ý

        Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant's knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to the Form 10-K. o

        Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is an accelerated filer (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).

        YES ý NO o

        The aggregate market value of the voting stock held by non-affiliates of the registrant as of the last business day of the registrant's most recently completed second fiscal quarter was approximately $324,651,000, based upon the June 28, 2002 closing sale price of the common stock of $24.40 as reported by the New York Stock Exchange.

        The number of outstanding shares of Common stock, par value $0.01 of the registrant outstanding as of March 14, 2003 was 21,441,277 shares.


DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

        Items 10, 11, 12 and 13 of Part III are incorporated by reference to the definitive proxy statement relating to the registrant's Annual Meeting of Stockholders for fiscal 2002, which definitive proxy statement will be filed within 120 days of the end of the registrant's fiscal year.





Table of Contents

 
 
  Page
PART I
Item 1. Business   1

Item 2.

Properties

 

10

Item 3.

Legal Proceedings

 

10

Item 4.

Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders

 

10

PART II

Item 5.

Market for the Registrant's Common Equity and Related Stockholder Matters

 

11

Item 6.

Selected Financial Data

 

12

Item 7.

Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

 

13

Item 7A.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

 

23

Item 8.

Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

 

25

Item 9.

Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

 

25

PART III

Item 10.

Directors and Executive Officers of the Registrant

 

26

Item 11.

Executive Compensation

 

26

Item 12.

Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

 

27

Item 13.

Certain Relationships and Related Transactions

 

28

Item 14.

Controls and Procedures

 

28

PART IV

Item 15.

Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules, and Reports on Form 8-K

 

28

 

Signatures

 

31

 

Certifications Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

 

32


PART I

Item 1.    Business

Overview

        Information Holdings Inc. (IHI or the Company) is a leading provider of information products, software and services to professional end-users in intellectual property (IP), scientific and information technology (IT) learning markets. Since beginning operations in 1997, IHI has grown revenues substantially, both through acquisitions and internal growth. For the year ended December 31, 2002, the Company had revenues of $141.8 million, an increase of 35% over fiscal 2001, and a net loss of $(13.7) million. During 2002, the Company recorded non-cash, after-tax charges of $24.4 million associated with the impairment in carrying values of certain long-lived assets (the Impairment Charges). EBITDA (earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization), excluding the Impairment Charges, was $36.4 million in fiscal 2002, an increase of 15% over EBITDA in fiscal 2001.

        On February 28, 2003 the Company announced that it reached an agreement to sell its scientific and technical information segment for cash consideration of approximately $95 million. The sale of this segment, which includes the assets of CRC Press and its subsidiaries, is expected to be completed during the second quarter of 2003.

        The Company's Intellectual Property (IP) Group provides a broad array of databases, information products, software and complementary services for IP and regulatory professionals. The IP Group is comprised of three primary business units: MicroPatent, Master Data Center (MDC) and Liquent. MicroPatent, acquired in 1997, is a leading provider of patent and trademark information to IP professionals in corporate and legal markets. MDC, acquired in 1999, provides specialized services and software that enable customers to manage IP portfolios. Liquent, which represents the combination of IDRAC (acquired March 2001) and Liquent (acquired December 2001), provides content assembly, publishing and IP information solutions, primarily to regulatory professionals in the life sciences industry. The Company also has a small IP licensing unit operating as LPS Group. The IP Group provided approximately 55% of IHI's consolidated revenues in fiscal 2002.

        The Company's scientific and technical information segment is comprised of CRC Press and its subsidiaries (CRC). CRC, acquired in 1997, provides information products to professionals in scientific, technical and medical (STM) markets. CRC has acquired several businesses and product lines and provides reference products under imprints including CRC Press, Parthenon Press, Chapman & Hall/CRC, Lewis Publishers, Food Chemical News, Auerbach and St. Lucie Press. CRC Press has significant proprietary content, including a library of approximately 6,000 previously published titles, which generate substantial recurring demand. The scientific and technical information businesses provided 37% of IHI's consolidated revenues in fiscal 2002.

        In November 2000, the Company entered the IT learning market with the acquisition of the assets of Transcender Corporation (Transcender). Transcender provides IT certification test-preparation products, including exam simulations for certifications from major hardware and software providers. Transcender is a leading online provider of test-preparation products for IT professionals, corporations, learning centers and universities. IT learning revenues provided 8% of the Company's consolidated revenues in fiscal 2002.

        See Note 15 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for additional business segment information.

        The Company's financial information, including the information contained in this report filed on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K, and any amendments to the above mentioned reports may be viewed on the Internet at www.informationholdings.com. Copies are also available, without charge, from the Company. Alternatively, reports filed with the Securities and

1



Exchange Commission (the SEC) may be viewed or obtained at the SEC Public Reference Room in Washington, D.C., or at the SEC's Internet site at www.sec.gov.

Markets

Intellectual Property

        The Company provides products and services in several areas within the IP market, including patent and trademark information, patent and trademark management services and regulatory and IP information solutions for drugs and biologics. These markets are difficult to quantify with precision because of a lack of third party market information, free services from governmental authorities and the level of services performed "in-house" by corporations and law firms. The Company believes that IP markets in general are large, dynamic and growing. Growth will continue to be fueled by increasing awareness of intellectual property as a corporate asset, greater enforcement of intellectual property rights on a worldwide basis, increasing intellectual property filings and an increasing pace of innovation.

        The Company estimates that current annual revenue in the market for search and retrieval of patent information is more than $350 million. This market includes primary information, which is the actual full text and images of patent documents, and secondary information, which consists of abstracts and indexes of patent information. While the market for secondary information is the larger component of the patent information market, the Company believes that the primary information market is growing at a faster rate than the market for secondary information. Historically, patent information was researched using secondary information providers due to the complexity of finding and reviewing lengthy and complicated patent documents from diverse sources. In recent years, however, the primary information market has experienced strong growth based on the development of technologies that enable storage, searching and high value-added analytical review. The Company has recently released a new product, MicroPatent's Patent Index Database, to compete more directly in the secondary information market. Management believes that the Company is the largest commercial provider of primary patent information and related services on a worldwide basis.

        The Company estimates that current annual revenue in the market for outsourced patent and trademark management services approximates $100 million. The market is primarily comprised of license revenues generated for IP portfolio management software and revenues generated from payment services. This excludes the potential market associated with organizations that perform these functions "in-house". Consistent market growth has been fueled by the increasing number of active patents and trademarks, increasing complexity associated with managing IP portfolios, greater interest in maintaining and enforcing IP rights and increasing levels of outsourcing to firms with industry expertise, such as MDC. The market is currently fragmented, and management believes that MDC is the leading provider of patent and trademark management services in the U.S. market.

        The Company believes that an opportunity exists in the overall IP market for enterprise-wide workflow solutions that will enable major corporate users to conduct IP research and analysis, manage IP portfolios and support decision making within the R&D, IP management, licensing, legal, market research, competitive intelligence and business development areas. The Company believes that such opportunities will serve to increase the size of addressable IP markets. The Company currently has an intellectual property asset management solution (IAM) in development, combining the information and analytics of its MicroPatent unit and MDC's management software.

        The Company estimates that current annual revenue in the market for outsourced content assembly, publishing, and regulatory and IP information solutions in the life science industry approximates $50-100 million. This excludes the potential market associated with organizations that perform these functions "in-house". The Company believes that Liquent is the largest worldwide provider of such solutions, both with respect to content assembly and publishing software and

2



regulatory databases. The following factors are expected to lead to strong growth in the primary market for Liquent's products:

    Significant levels of research and development spending by companies in the life sciences industry;

    Life science company needs for products that increase the efficiency of technical documentation, enable re-use of information throughout an enterprise and reduce "time-to-market" for new products;

    Regulatory initiatives that will require electronic submissions of document-intensive filings, such as new drug applications; and

    Technological advancements enabling higher levels of electronic document management and integration with other systems.

        Liquent's products are also useful in additional document-intensive markets for assembly and publishing of items such as technical manuals, bids, proposals and marketing materials, as well as archival and storage of intellectual property through XML solutions. Liquent reaches these markets primarily through reseller arrangements.

Scientific and Technical Information

        The Company provides information products in selected niches of the professional information market. These products generally fall into the STM areas, a market estimated to exceed $7 billion according to the annual Veronis Suhler Communications Industry Forecast. The expected completion of the sale of CRC Press in the second quarter of 2003 will mark the Company's exit from the traditional STM publishing market.

        The professional market has hundreds of niche information areas and individual titles are generally unique. As a result, there is often little competition for specific titles. CRC Press targets end-users, mostly professionals, with high-end, specialized information products. CRC Press' information products are focused in areas with significant numbers of end-users, such as chemists, engineers, mathematicians, physicians, technology professionals and environmental scientists. These end-users are generally not price sensitive due to the critical nature of the information. Historically, the market has been geared toward print products, including books, journals and newsletters, with electronic products increasing in significance in recent years.

IT Learning

        The Company sells products within a component of the multi-billion dollar IT certification/test-preparation market. Transcender competes in the test-preparation market, which the Company currently estimates has revenue of $0.5-$1.0 billion annually. Within this segment, there is further segmentation between instructor-led certification training (ILT), video training products, print-based exam preparation products and electronic exam simulation products. The Company believes Transcender is the market leader in electronic exam simulation products and it has recently entered the CD-based video training segment.

        The certification market is generally fueled by the number of IT professionals and the number of certification exams. As of February 2003, Microsoft estimated that there were 1.4 million professionals certified in Microsoft products. The Company believes there are over 2 million certified IT professionals overall. The largest sponsors of IT certifications are Microsoft, Cisco, Novell and CompTIA.

        In the past two years, the general IT markets have been negatively impacted by overall economic conditions and reduced corporate spending levels. While Transcender believes this has had the most

3



impact on the ILT segment of the market, it has had a clear impact on volumes of the electronic exam simulation market, resulting in reduced revenue levels at Transcender. The certification market has also been impacted by unfavorable product cycles. Specifically, there have been no major product releases entailing significant certifications since Windows 2000. However, the roll-out of Microsoft's.NET certification series during 2003 is expected to have a positive impact on the market. In the long-term, Transcender continues to anticipate growth in the IT certification market based on several factors, including continual advances in technology, growth in IT employment levels, increases in technology-based corporate training, growth in the number of certifications, re-certifications and multiple certifications and insufficient college-level training.

Products

IP Products and Services

        The Company's IP Group operates through three primary businesses that provide patent and trademark information products; IP management services; and content assembly, regulatory and IP solutions. The IP Group in total provided 55% of consolidated revenues in 2002.

Patent and Trademark Information Services

        With over 36 million patent documents in digital format and unique, proprietary, state-of-the-art searching and analytical software, the Company believes it offers the most comprehensive primary patent information service in the world for both document images and searchable full text. The Company also provides a trademark search service that enables users to search U.S. federal, U.S. state, domain name, common law and foreign trademarks over the Internet. Information assets are supported by sophisticated search software and tools that facilitate the research, analysis, and management of patent information. The primary product offerings in this area are Internet-based searching and document downloading products, sold on either a subscription or pay-per-use basis. There are also customized database and technology applications for major corporations. The patent collection includes all patents ever issued by the United States Patent and Trademark Office (USPTO), the European Patent Office (EPO) and the World Intellectual Property Organization (WIPO), as well as a significant collection of patents from Japan and numerous individual countries in Europe.

        In addition to its core primary patent products, PatentWeb and Aureka, the Company recently launched the MicroPatent Patent Index Database (MPI), which it believes to be the most timely and comprehensive bibliographic database available. MPI contains bibliographic data from 72 countries and patent authorities, with records dating back to 1920 or earlier. The product is designed as a timely, cost-effective alternative to traditional abstracting and indexing services.

        Patent documents and patent file histories are also sold in paper and electronic formats. Selected IP data is also sold to Reed Elsevier, a major information and publishing company, with such information being made available to its online customers in the legal market. The Company also offers professional patent searching services to customers that do not have the in-house expertise to conduct a patent search. Patent and trademark information services provided 19% of consolidated revenues in 2002.

IP Management Services

        The Company's MDC business provides a service that organizes and assists owners of intellectual property, including corporate and legal clients, with the payments of patent annuities and trademark renewals on a worldwide basis. Due to the fact that the rules for filing and maintaining patents and trademarks are fairly complex and vary among the various regulatory authorities around the world, owners of IP in domestic and foreign markets, including many major corporations and law firms, use service providers to track filing and payment requirements and to make these payments on their behalf.

4



The majority of MDC's revenues come from this service. The service is priced on a per payment basis, with cash received from customers in advance of applicable payment dates. MDC currently processes approximately 330,000 annual payments on behalf of its clients. The service is supported by a proprietary database that includes the current rules for filing and maintenance of patents and trademarks in every major patent jurisdiction in the world.

        In addition, MDC licenses management software in the corporate and legal markets that enables customers to manage, track and report on their intellectual property portfolios. The current primary software product, IP Master, will facilitate integration into the Company's enterprise-wide IAM solution. MDC also provides supplemental services including training, legacy data conversions and software customizations. IP management services provided 9% of consolidated revenues in 2002.

Content Assembly, Regulatory and IP Information Solutions

        The Company's Liquent unit provides products that generally fall into two categories: software solutions and related services that enable users throughout an enterprise to collaborate in the authoring, compilation, distribution, publishing and reuse of information; and database services that provide related information on regulatory guidelines in major pharmaceutical markets worldwide. Liquent's products are used in the life sciences industry and, most predominantly, in large pharmaceutical, biotechnology and contract research organizations.

        The most typical software application is related to the process for preparing and filing new drug applications and biologics licensing applications. The Company's primary software product, CoreDossier, is designed to meet the pre-approval and compliance needs of life science organizations in the process of preparing and filing new drug applications and biologics licensing applications. These regulatory dossiers are complex documents, typically running in excess of 200,000 pages, including legacy documents, spreadsheets, charts, photos, graphs, audio and video files and more. CoreDossier assembles and publishes information from over 150 different native formats. The product improves publication and submission quality with varied output options to regulatory authorities, contract research organizations, vendors and other stakeholders. CoreDossier publishes active and archived documents to standard formats such as paper, web portals, PDF, TIFF and industry-specific standards. The next generation rendering engine for CoreDossier has already been built and is being sold as a stand-alone product called Xtent. Xtent is content middleware that will convert over 150 different native formats into XML. The Xtent technology will be a core component of Liquent's next generation software product, Insight. Insight is a major product development expected to be completed during the second half of 2003. This product will be suitable for use on an enterprise-wide basis and will enable life science businesses to comply with new regulatory initiatives being enacted in 2003 and 2004. Software products are typically licensed to customers, with paid annual maintenance provided as an annual subscription.

        Liquent also offers a full suite of consulting and outsourcing resources for our life science customers. Services include implementation consulting and customization of software solutions, education and end-user training, technical support and comprehensive services to prepare and publish large compound documents on an outsourced basis. Consulting services are generally priced on a time and materials basis, with certain outsourcing services priced on a fixed fee basis. The process of registering a new therapeutic drug is highly complex and varies between jurisdictions worldwide. Liquent's database service provides the rules and regulations for registering new drugs in 30 different jurisdictions worldwide. The product is sold on an annual subscription basis, most commonly accessed via the Internet.

        Content assembly and related products provided 25% of consolidated revenues in 2002.

5



Scientific and Technical Information

        CRC's products and services can be segmented in three general categories: Reference Products, Subscription Services and Parthenon Medical Communications. Revenues from this segment provided 37% of consolidated revenues in 2002.

Reference Products—Book Publishing

        The majority of revenues in the scientific and technology information segment are derived from reference product publishing. CRC publications have well-established positions in several niche STM markets. Many individual products are the top-selling titles in their respective sectors. CRC's high-end, specialized information is aimed at professional end-users and focuses primarily in the following areas:

    Life science (biology, neurology, pathology, forensics, food science, marine science);

    Hard sciences (chemistry, physics, mathematics, statistics, engineering);

    Clinical medicine (women's health, dermatology); and

    Environmental sciences.

        CRC Press' reference products are generally technical in nature with a practitioner-oriented approach. By targeting professional end-users with a need for high-end information products, CRC is able to achieve premium pricing for its products. Sales tend to be weighted toward the first two years following release and a typical book sells over a four-to-five year period in total. CRC Press has titles that sell for longer periods, as well as titles that have annual editions.

        CRC Press has an extensive backlist of over 6,000 titles, which generates substantial recurring demand. Approximately two-thirds of reference product sales are derived from backlist sales. The Company published 365 new titles in 2002. The Company has strong market positions in chemistry, mathematics, statistics, engineering and environmental science.

Subscription Services

        CRC Press offers subscription-based products including journals, newsletters, information technology products and electronic database products. Journals are published under the CRC Press and Parthenon Press names; newsletters are produced by CRC Press' FCN (Food Chemical News) unit; information technology products are sold under the Auerbach imprint; and electronic database products are provided under CRC Press and Chapman & Hall/CRC. Database products are focused in areas where CRC has significant proprietary content such as chemistry and engineering.

Medical Communications

        CRC's Parthenon Press unit provides products and services to pharmaceutical companies to assist in the dissemination of information about a particular drug or therapeutic area. Specific products include education materials; organizational services for meetings and symposia; specialized publishing materials such as medical atlases, writing of scientific manuscripts and abstracts; and training and development programs.

IT Learning

        The Company's Transcender unit provides information products to prepare IT professionals for certification exams. Transcender believes it provides the most sophisticated and realistic exam simulations on the market. The Company's core products fall in the TranscenderCert series of exam simulations. This platform provides realistic questions, detailed answer explanations, documentation references, score reporting, a custom exam feature, a random exam feature, a computer adaptive

6



testing feature and online assistance. TranscenderCert products are accompanied by TranscenderFlash products, which are quiz-format review products to assess basic knowledge. The Cert products are also sold in various bundled packages and on a site license basis to corporations. Transcender recently began releasing a series of CD-based video certification products, the TransTrainer series. Designed to complement the Cert and Flash products, the CD products provide concise, step-by-step introductory explanations of exam topics with on screen demonstrations and examples.

        The Company currently offers 69 Cert products at individual prices ranging from $59-$239. There are also 33 bundled packages available that range in price from $99 to approximately $4,000. There are currently seven TransTrainer products available at $89-$129 each, with multiple additional CDs currently in development.

Customers

Intellectual Property

        The Company's IP products and services are sold primarily to major corporations and law firms in the IP market. The Company has long-standing relationships with a significant number of customers and its subscription-based IP products have renewal rates of 90-100%. Customers include corporations in all major industries, with a particular concentration in the chemical, pharmaceutical, technology, manufacturing and packaged goods areas. In addition to the corporate customer base, customers include the majority of the major intellectual property law firms in the U.S. The Company has more than 200 IP customers contributing over $50,000 in revenue per annum, although no individual customer provides a significant percentage of revenue. Major customers in the IP Group include Philips Electronics, Novartis, Procter & Gamble, Pfizer, Exxon/Mobil, Eli Lilly, DuPont, 3M, Ford, Motorola, GlaxoSmithKline, Hewlett Packard, Dow Chemical, Johnson & Johnson, General Motors, Bristol-Myers Squibb, Aventis, General Electric, Eastman Kodak, AstraZeneca, Corning, Hitachi, Kimberly-Clark and Nokia. Within the life science industry, the Company currently has 18 of the top 20 pharmaceutical companies as customers. In addition to direct sales to major corporations and law firms, selected IP products are sold to third parties for resale within non-core markets.

Scientific and Technical Information

        Customers in this area are primarily professional end-users, including chemists, mathematicians, engineers, biologists, physicians and information technology professionals. These customers are primarily based in corporations, with additional sales being made to individuals in academic settings, such as research institutions. The Company maintains extensive in-house lists of professionals and academics in the fields and niches in which it publishes. The Company also sells products to virtually all major distributors that serve the STM and broader markets. Significant wholesale and retail customers include Amazon.com, Barnes & Noble, Ingram, Baker & Taylor and J.A. Majors.

IT Learning

        Transcender products are sold to IT professionals in self-study programs, instructor-led training courses, colleges and universities, and in corporations with large IT staffing levels. In addition to individuals, customers for the Company's products include training companies, universities and large corporations. Approximately 63% of Transcender's revenues in 2002 were derived from sales to individual IT professionals, with 37% derived from organizational sales. No individual customer provides a significant percentage of revenues.

Sales, Marketing and Distribution

        IP products and services are sold primarily through an in-house sales force with offices in the United States and Europe. The Company has dedicated sales personnel for patent and trademark

7



information products, patent and trademark management services and regulatory and IP information solutions. Prospects are identified through referrals from existing customers, referrals from patent and trademark offices, leads from trade shows and information requests from sources such as the Internet. Additional international sales are made through a network of distributors in Japan and elsewhere. The Company also sells information products and licenses software products to distributors in the U.S. that resell products outside of core markets, on both a private label and branded basis. At December 31, 2002, the IP Group had a total of 67 employees in sales and marketing, including 47 in the U.S. and 20 in Europe.

        Scientific and technical products are sold primarily through direct response marketing. The Company has an in-house creative services and direct marketing group which designs, manages, and produces direct mail campaigns and other promotional support programs. There is also a small, well-experienced sales force for professional book sales to academic and specialty bookstores, wholesalers, catalogers and associations, as well as sales of site licenses to corporations and academic institutions. The scientific and technical information sales and marketing group has 40 employees, based primarily in the U.S. In addition to direct sales, the Company uses 17 non-exclusive distributors for sales in selected regions outside North America.

        The Company sells IT learning products primarily through direct response marketing, advertising in trade publications, Internet promotions and customer referrals. The Company also has a small in-house sales force for sales to organizations and corporations. Transcender has a total of 19 employees in sales and marketing, all based in the U.S.

Competition

Patent and Trademark Information

        The Company believes it is the largest commercial provider of primary patent information. Competition in this area comes primarily from patent and trademark offices, particularly the USPTO and the EPO. Both offer useful, low-end patent services, primarily geared toward academic users. Patent office products tend to be most useful for those trying to obtain a specific patent, but are generally less useful for research and high-end corporate and legal applications. Traditional secondary information providers include Derwent Information, a unit of the Thomson Corporation (Thomson), and the Chemical Abstract Service (CAS) of the American Chemical Society. These companies have significant revenues in abstracting and indexing services, but were not historically major factors in the primary information sector. Thomson has recently acquired Delphion, which provides primary patent information over the Internet. The major providers of full-search trademark services are Thomson & Thomson, a unit of Thomson, and CCH Corsearch, a unit of Wolters Kluwer.

IP Management Services

        The Company believes it is the largest provider of patent annuity and trademark renewal payment services in the United States. Computer Packages, Inc. is the only significant competitor in the U.S. Computer Patent Annuities (CPA) is the leading provider of payment services in Europe, followed by Dennemeyer. The Company also believes it is the leading provider of IP management software in the U.S. This market is relatively small and fragmented.

Content Assembly, Regulatory and IP Solutions

        Software solutions in this area face competition from systems developed in-house by large pharmaceutical companies. There is also direct competition from software vendors, including CDC Solutions in Europe, and indirect competition from third-party system integrators that have formed partnerships with competing software vendors. Information solutions in this area face competition primarily from government web sites, including the site maintained by the U.S. Food and Drug Administration.

8


Scientific and Technical Information

        This market is very large with numerous competitors. While there is competition for sales in a given area or niche, products are generally unique titles sold on an individual basis. The Company also competes for the signing of significant authors. Primary competitors in this area include John Wiley, McGraw-Hill, Reed Elsevier, Blackwell Scientific and Taylor & Francis. These competitors are larger and have greater resources than the Company.

IT Learning

        Direct competitors in the IT certification test-preparation market include Self Test Software and Measure Up, businesses smaller than Transcender that provide Internet and CD-ROM certification training materials. Indirect competitors include ILT organizations, print-based test preparation companies such as Coriolis and broad-based IT training businesses such as SkillSoft, NetG and DigitalThink. Certain of these businesses are larger than Transcender, but are not primarily focused on certification test-preparation. While ILT organizations provide a form of indirect competition, several are customers that supplement instructor training with Transcender products. The industry overall is large and fragmented.

Foreign Operations and Export Sales

        Outside of the United States, the Company has operations based in the United Kingdom and France. The IP Group has offices in the U.K., primarily related to sales and marketing functions, in addition to the European headquarters of Liquent in Paris. The Parthenon Press unit of CRC Press is based in the U.K. and CRC maintains an office in the London area that includes both sales staff and certain editorial employees. Export sales, based on customer location, represented approximately 28% of consolidated revenues for the year ended December 31, 2002, which includes an estimate of IP and IT information delivered over the Internet to recipients outside the U.S.

Intellectual Property

        The Company regards its trademarks, copyrights, domain names, trade secrets and similar intellectual property as valuable assets and relies upon trademark and copyright laws, as well as confidentiality agreements with employees and others, to protect its rights. The Company pursues the registration of material trademarks and copyrights in the U.S. and, depending upon use, in some other countries. The Company believes it owns or licenses all intellectual property rights necessary to conduct its business. To the best of the management's knowledge, there are no threatened or pending legal proceedings or claims related to intellectual property that are likely to have, individually or in the aggregate, a material adverse effect on the Company's business, financial condition or results of operations.

Environmental Matters

        The Company believes its operations are in compliance with all applicable foreign, federal, state and local environmental laws, as well as all laws and regulations relating to worker health and safety.

Employees and Labor Relations

        As of December 31, 2002, the Company had 723 employees, consisting of 591 employees in the United States and 132 employees based in England and France. No employees are covered by collective bargaining agreements with labor unions. The Company believes that relations with its employees are good.

9




Item 2.    Properties

        The Company leases its corporate headquarters, which is located in Stamford, Connecticut, and leases additional office space for its primary domestic operating units in East Haven, Connecticut; Boca Raton, Florida; New York, New York; Southfield, Michigan; Nashville, Tennessee; Cupertino, California; and in Fort Washington, Pennsylvania. The Company also leases office space in several locations related to its European operations in England, including London, Bagshot and Putney, as well as office space in Paris, France. The Company leases warehouse space in Nashville, Tennessee for use by its Transcender unit and Lancaster, England for use by its CRC Press unit. The Company also contracts with third parties for warehousing and distribution services in Troy, Missouri and Andover, England for use by its CRC Press unit. The Company does not own any real property. The Company believes that its properties, taken as a whole, are in good operating condition and are suitable and adequate for current business operations, and that suitable additional or alternative space will be available at commercially reasonable terms for future expansion.


Item 3.    Legal Proceedings

        On December 5, 2002 Venturetek, L.P., Richard Elkin, Antoine Bernheim, Stacy Bernheim and Genstar, Ltd., derivatively as shareholders of Rand Publishing Co., Inc. ("Rand") and individually, on their own behalf (the "Plaintiffs") filed a complaint in the Supreme Court of the State of New York against IHI (the "IHI Action"). The complaint alleges that IHI's predecessor, Information Ventures LLC, fraudulently acquired assets or businesses, including businesses acquired prior to the Company's initial public offering in August 1998, that were corporate opportunities of Rand. The complaint also alleges that IHI's taking of the assets or businesses constitutes a "conversion." The Plaintiffs request that all of the IHI shares and options be held in constructive trust for the benefit of the Plaintiffs. The Plaintiffs also seek damages in an amount of approximately $750 million. IHI believes that each of the claims in the complaint is without merit and filed a motion to dismiss the complaint on February 14, 2003. IHI's motion to dismiss states that the complaint fails to state a cause of action against IHI and, even if it does, the claims are barred under the applicable statutes of limitation or on account of the Plaintiffs' laches.

        The Company's President and Chief Executive Officer, Mason P. Slaine, and Michael E. Danziger, a member of the Company's board of directors, are named as defendants in a related action entitled Venturetek, L.P., et al. v. Rand Publishing Co., Inc., et al., also currently pending in the Supreme Court of the State of New York (the "Rand Action"). As in the IHI Action, the Plaintiffs in the Rand Action, proceeding derivatively on behalf of Rand, allege that certain assets or businesses acquired by IHI, including businesses acquired prior to the Company's initial public offering in August 1998, were corporate opportunities usurped from Rand. Plaintiffs allege that Slaine and Danziger breached fiduciary duties allegedly owing to Rand by allowing IHI's predecessor, Information Ventures LLC, to acquire those businesses. Plaintiffs seek, among other remedies, the imposition of a constructive trust over Slaine's and Danziger's shares of IHI as well as compensatory damages against Slaine and Danziger in an amount alleged to be in excess of $150 million.

        From time to time, the Company is a party to other lawsuits and administrative proceedings that arise in the conduct of its business. While the outcome of these lawsuits and proceedings cannot be predicted with certainty, management believes that, if adversely determined, the lawsuits and proceedings, either singularly or in the aggregate, would not have a material adverse effect on the financial condition, results of operations, or net cash flows of the Company.


Item 4.    Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders

        No matters were submitted to a vote of security holders during the fourth quarter of 2002.

10



PART II

Item 5.    Market for the Registrant's Common Equity and Related Stockholder Matters

        The Company's common stock is listed on the New York Stock Exchange (NYSE) under the symbol "IHI". As of March 14, 2003, there were approximately 2,424 holders of the Company's common stock comprised of 24 record holders and approximately 2,400 beneficial holders. The following table reflects the high and low closing sales prices of the Company's common stock as reported by the NYSE, for the periods indicated.

 
  2002
  2001
Common Stock

  High
  Low
  High
  Low
First Quarter   $ 29.39   $ 24.23   $ 27.25   $ 19.20
Second Quarter     31.80     23.34     32.30     19.85
Third Quarter     23.75     17.53     33.75     17.65
Fourth Quarter     22.56     12.25     29.83     18.30

Dividend Policy

        The Company has never paid a dividend on its common stock and does not anticipate paying any dividends on its common stock in the foreseeable future. The current policy of the Company's Board of Directors is to retain earnings to finance the operations and expansion of the Company's business. Prior to its termination in March 2003, the Company's Credit Facility restricted the ability of the Company to pay dividends.

Changes in Securities and Use of Proceeds

        The following report relates to the Company's secondary public stock offering:

Commission file number of registration statement:     333-30202
Effective Date:     March 14, 2000
Expenses incurred through December 31, 2002:      
  Underwriting discounts   $ 8,595,000
  Other expenses   $ 522,000
  Total expenses   $ 9,117,000
Application of proceeds through December 31, 2002:      
  Acquisitions of businesses, titles and equity interests   $ 147,827,000
  Temporary investments
(Commercial paper and money market funds)
  $ 7,173,000

11



Item 6.    Selected Financial Data

        The selected historical financial data of the Company as of and for each of the five years in the period ended December 31, 2002 have been derived from their respective audited financial statements. All acquisitions by the Company were accounted for using the purchase method of accounting. The Company acquired Chapman & Hall on August 19, 1998, Optipat on January 7, 1999, Faxpat on July 19, 1999, Master Data Center on August 12, 1999, Corporate Intelligence on September 1, 1999, Transcender on November 6, 2000, IDRAC on March 29, 2001, Parthenon on May 15, 2001, Liquent on December 20, 2001 and Aurigin on May 9, 2002. The results of operations of these businesses are included in the Company's results from their respective dates of acquisition. On February 28, 2003, the Company announced that it had reached a definitive agreement to sell its scientific and technical information segment. See Note 18 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. The selected historical financial data should be read in conjunction with, and is qualified by reference to, "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and the financial statements and notes thereto included elsewhere in this Form 10-K.

 
  Year Ended December 31,
 
 
  1998
  1999
  2000
  2001
  2002
 
 
  (in thousands, except per share data)

 
Operating data:                                
Revenues(1)   $ 46,651   $ 58,778   $ 73,289   $ 105,336   $ 141,767  
Cost of sales     11,707     15,742     19,720     26,676     41,966  
Operating expenses(2)     31,234     34,104     48,231     69,000     123,230  
Operating income (loss)     3,710     8,932     5,338     9,660     (23,429 )
Interest income, net     1,117     1,330     7,005     3,505     473  
Income (loss) before taxes     4,827     10,244     12,345     13,149     (22,951 )
Net income (loss)(3)     4,785     6,017     7,092     7,838     (13,724 )
Net income (loss) per common share:                                
  Basic         $ 0.36   $ 0.34   $ 0.36   $ (0.63 )
  Diluted         $ 0.35   $ 0.34   $ 0.36   $ (0.63 )
Shares used in computing net income per share:                                
  Basic           16,945     20,583     21,686     21,735  
  Diluted           17,128     20,822     21,826     21,735  
Pro forma basic and diluted earnings per common share(4)   $ 0.28                  
Balance sheet data (at period end):                                
Cash and equivalents   $ 57,270   $ 7,551   $ 96,375   $ 38,612   $ 53,910  
Total assets     104,791     138,658     310,996     346,557     328,837  
Total debt     2,955     2,694     2,415     2,449     1,959  
Total equity     84,793     90,935     256,274     266,950     249,740  

(Footnotes on following page)

12


(Footnotes from preceding page)


(1)
In fiscal 2001, in conjunction with the acquisitions of IDRAC and Liquent, the Company was required by purchase accounting to reflect the revaluation of acquired deferred revenues based on the cost to fulfill. This revaluation is a non-cash adjustment, which reduced revenue in the year following the acquisitions. The adjustment reduced revenues by $1,000 and therefore reduced operating income by $1,000 for the year ended December 31, 2001, and reduced revenues by $1,500 and therefore reduced operating income by $1,500 for the year ended December 31, 2002.

(2)
During 2000, the Company formed an alliance with Intellectual Property Technology Exchange, Inc. (Techex) to jointly develop and market products to address the online needs of the technology licensing industry. Operating expenses for the years ended December 31, 2000, 2001 and 2002 include impairments in the value of the Company's investment in Techex of $1,500, $400 and $95 respectively. During 2001, the Company acquired a minority interest in GSI Office Management Gmbh, a provider of IP software systems based in Germany. During 2002, the Company recorded and impairment charge of $3,063 reflecting the full value of its investment in GSI. During 2002, the Company recorded an impairment charge of approximately $36,200 related to the carrying value of goodwill and other intangible assets in its Transcender business. Transcender's operating results have been adversely impacted by difficult market conditions in the information technology market and unfavorable product release cycles in its IT certification niche.

(3)
Prior to the Company's initial public offering, in August 1998, the Company was a limited liability company and, accordingly, was not subject to U.S. federal or certain state income taxes. Subsequent to the initial public offering, the Company incurred a nominal income tax provision due to the full reversal of deferred tax valuation allowances deemed as no longer required. For the years subsequent to 1998 the Company was fully taxable.

(4)
No historical earnings per share or share data are presented for years prior to fiscal 1999, as the Company does not consider such historical data meaningful. The pro forma earnings per share for the year ended December 31, 1998 was computed using 16,943,189 shares outstanding, which reflects all shares outstanding following the initial public offering, as if such shares were outstanding since January 1, 1998.


Item 7.    Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

        The following discussion and analysis should be read in conjunction with the financial statements and notes thereto and the other financial information appearing elsewhere in this Form 10-K. Unless otherwise stated in this Form 10-K, references to the years 2002, 2001, and 2000 relate to the fiscal years ended December 31, 2002, 2001, and 2000, respectively.

Impact of Acquisitions and Divestitures

        A key component of the Company's historical growth has been to pursue acquisitions where opportunities exist to internally grow the acquired companies' revenues and increase profitability through operating efficiencies. Since beginning operations in January 1997, the Company has completed 14 significant acquisitions, including eight in the intellectual property segment (IP), five in scientific and technology information segment (STI) and one in the information technology learning segment (ITL), as well as some minor acquisitions that are not otherwise disclosed herein.

        On February 28, 2003, the Company announced that it reached a definitive agreement to sell the businesses comprising its scientific and technology information segment for cash consideration of approximately $95 million. The Company expects the transaction to be completed during the second

13



quarter of 2003. During 2002, the segment recorded revenues of $52.1 million and operating income of $6.9 million. During 2003, the segment will be recorded as discontinued operations.

        The Company may seek additional acquisitions that will further the Company's growth and operating strategies. If the Company acquires additional businesses, its sales mix, market focus, cost structure and operating leverage may change significantly. Consequently, the Company's historical and future results of operations reflect and will reflect the impact of acquisitions, and period-to-period comparisons may not be meaningful in some respects. Historical information for companies subsequent to their acquisition may include integration and other costs that are not expected to continue in the future.

Results of Operations

Fiscal year 2002 vs. 2001

Summary

        Revenues increased $36.5 million, or 35%, to $141.8 million from $105.3 million. The increase in revenues is due to growth in the IP and STI segments, partially offset by declines in the ITL segment, as further detailed in the segment analysis below. Gross profits increased by $21.1 million, or 27%, with gross profit margins declining to 70.4% in 2002 from 74.7% in 2001. The decrease in gross margins is due primarily to the inclusion of Liquent in 2002, which has lower gross margins than existing units, and decreased contributions from the ITL segment. Selling, general and administrative expenses (SG&A) increased $17.1 million, or 34%, while remaining relatively constant as a percentage of revenues. As a percentage of revenue, SG&A increased in the IP segment, as a result of the Liquent acquisition, and in the ITL segment, based on a decline in revenues. SG&A decreased as a percentage of revenue in the STI segment based on increased efficiency levels. Depreciation and amortization decreased by $1.8 million, or 10%, with a reduction of $5.0 million associated with goodwill no longer being amortized based on the adoption of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (SFAS) No. 142, Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets, partially offset by increased amortization in the IP segment, primarily related to intangible assets of acquired businesses.

        During 2002, the Company recorded impairment charges related to the carrying value of certain long-lived assets. The most significant charge related to an impairment of $36.2 million in the carrying value of intangible assets in the Company's ITL segment. Operating results in this segment have been adversely impacted by difficult market conditions and unfavorable product release cycles in the IT market. An additional impairment charge of $3.1 million was recorded reflecting the full carrying value of the Company's minority ownership interest in a European software business. After consideration of these impairment charges, the Company incurred a loss from operations of $(23.4) million in 2002, compared to income from operations of $9.7 million in 2001. Excluding impairment charges, income from operations increased $5.9 million, or 59%, to $16.0 million in 2002 from $10.1 million in 2001. Net interest income decreased $3.0 million, or 87%, based on the use of cash and investments for acquisitions in 2001 and 2002 and lower interest rates earned on invested funds. The Company recorded a benefit for income taxes of $(9.2) million in 2002, compared to a provision for income tax of $5.3 million in 2001. (Benefit from) provision for income taxes as a percentage of (Loss) income before income taxes approximated 40% in both 2002 and 2001. The effective tax rate differs from statutory rates primarily as a result of state and local income taxes and the impact of amortization of intangible assets that is not deductible for tax purposes.

        The Company evaluates the performance of its segments based primarily on revenues and EBITDA. The Company believes that EBITDA is the most useful measure of segment earnings because it more closely approximates the cash generating ability of the segments compared to (loss) income from operations. (Loss) income from operations includes charges for depreciation and amortization, the majority of which relate to amortization of intangible assets. The Company generally

14



does not incur capital expenditures to replace intangible assets within existing operations. A reconciliation of segment EBITDA to (loss) income from operations is presented in Note 15 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

Segment Review

IP Group

        Revenues increased $36.4 million, or 88%, to $78.0 million in 2002 from $41.6 million in 2001. The increase includes an increase in revenues of $29.6 million at Liquent, based on the acquisition of Liquent in December 2001 and an increase in revenues at IDRAC, which was acquired in March 2001 and subsequently combined with Liquent. The strongest areas of revenue growth in 2002 included: revenues from patent information subscriptions at MicroPatent, both as a result of the acquisition of Aurigin in May 2002 and strong growth in core subscriptions; IP management services at MDC; and IP licensing revenues at LPS Group. These revenue increases were partly offset by a decline in variable demand patent revenues, such as patent document downloads.

        Income from operations increased $4.4 million, or 74%, to $10.3 million in 2002 from $5.9 million in 2001, including an increase of $3.4 million at Liquent. Income from operations decreased slightly at MDC, with increases from strong revenue growth, relatively stable operating expenses and decreased amortization of intangible assets (based on the adoption of SFAS No. 142) being offset by an impairment charge related to the Company's investment in GSI. Income from operations increased at the LPS Group due to revenues from IP licensing, decreased operating expenses and a decrease in impairment charges related to the Company's investment in Techex. Income from operations declined at MicroPatent due primarily to integration costs related to the acquisition of Aurigin and costs incurred on product development initiatives. EBITDA, excluding impairment charges recorded in 2002 and 2001, increased $8.5 million, or 54%, to $24.3 million in 2002 from $15.8 million in 2001, including an increase of $5.5 million at Liquent. EBITDA margins, excluding impairment charges, approximated 31% in 2002, compared to 38% in 2001. The most significant factor in the decrease was the acquisition of Liquent, which has lower EBITDA margins than the Company's existing IP businesses.

STI

        Revenues increased $9.6 million, or 23%, to $52.0 million in 2002 from $42.4 million in 2001. The increase includes an increase in revenues of $5.6 million related to Parthenon Press, which was acquired in May 2001, based on the impact of a full year of ownership and strong growth in its medical communications business. The segment also generated strong growth from reference book sales on a worldwide basis, primarily based on increased sales volume.

        Income from operations increased $3.8 million, or 125%, to $6.9 million in 2002 from $3.1 million in 2001. The 2001 results included charges of approximately $0.7 million related to the disposal of certain direct marketing materials. While cost of sales in the segment increased as a percentage of revenue, due primarily to product mix, operating expenses increased at a much slower rate than revenue growth as a result of cost containment initiatives and increased efficiency levels in book publishing operations. EBITDA increased $4.9 million, or 57%, to $13.4 million in 2002 from $8.5 million in 2001. EBITDA margins approximated 26% in 2002, compared to 20% in 2001.

ITL

        Revenues decreased $9.5 million, or 45%, to $11.8 million in 2002 from $21.3 million in 2001. Revenues in this segment have been adversely impacted by difficult market conditions in the IT market overall and unfavorable product release cycles in the IT certification area in particular.

15



        (Loss) income from operations in this segment decreased $39.9 million to $(36.1) million in 2002 from $3.8 million in 2001. The decrease includes an impairment charge of $36.2 million in 2002. The remaining decrease of $3.7 million is due primarily to the revenue decrease. The business has few costs and expenses that are variable relative to revenue, with decreased revenues having a significant impact on operating income. Operating expenses were reduced in this segment by approximately $2.0 million, or 20%. Depreciation and amortization decreased by $3.6 million due primarily to the adoption of SFAS No. 142. Excluding impairment charges, EBITDA in this segment decreased $7.2 million, or 69%, to $3.2 million in 2002 from $10.4 million in 2001.

Fiscal year 2001 vs. 2000

Summary

        Revenues increased $32.0 million, or 44%, to $105.3 million from $73.3 million. The increase in revenues is due primarily to strong results associated with IT learning products, as a result of the acquisition of Transcender in November 2000. Revenues also increased in the IP and STI segments, both as a result of acquisitions and internal growth of core products. Gross profits increased by $25.1 million, or 47%, with gross profit margins increasing to 74.7% in 2002 from 73.1% in 2000. The improvement in gross profit margins is primarily attributable to the inclusion of Transcender for a full year, as well as IDRAC for 2001, businesses that have higher gross margins than the other existing units. SG&A expenses increased $12.8 million or 35%, to $49.8 million from $37.0 million. Increased SG&A expenses relate primarily to $12.5 million of operating expenses of businesses acquired in 2001 and late 2000. SG&A expenses as a percentage of revenues decreased to 47% for 2001 compared with 50% for 2000, due primarily to reduced development spending in the LPS Group.

        Depreciation and amortization increased $9.0 million, or 93%, to $18.7 million from $9.7 million, primarily as a result of the amortization of intangible assets and depreciation of purchased equipment related to the acquisitions of Transcender in November 2000 and IDRAC in March 2001, and increased depreciation related to capital expenditures in 2001. In the fourth quarter of 2001, based on the Company's evaluation of the recoverability of its investment in Techex and the decrease in its proportionate share of Techex's net equity, the Company recorded an impairment charge of $0.4 million. The Company had also recorded a charge of $1.5 million in 2000 to reduce the carrying amount of the investment to estimated fair value. Net interest income decreased to $3.5 million from $7.0 million due primarily to lower interest earned, resulting from cash used from the secondary public stock offering to acquire businesses in 2001 and 2000. Additionally, the average interest rate earned on invested funds decreased significantly from 2000 to 2001. The provision for income taxes as a percentage of pre-tax income for the year ended December 31, 2001 approximated 40%, which differed from the statutory rate primarily as a result of state and local income taxes and non-deductible amortization of the excess of the purchase price over net assets acquired. This compares with an effective tax rate of approximately 43% in the prior year.

Segment Review

IP Group

        Revenues increased $11.3 million, or 38%, to $41.5 million in 2001 from $30.2 million in 2000. The increase includes an increase in revenues of $6.1 million associated with the acquisitions of Liquent in December 2001 and IDRAC in March 2001. The strongest areas of revenue growth in 2001 included: revenues from patent file histories at MicroPatent, both as a result of acquisitions and internal growth; patent information subscriptions at MicroPatent; IP management services at MDC; and patent searching at MicroPatent, primarily as a result of businesses acquired in 2001.

        Income from operations increased $4.8 million to $5.9 million in 2001 from $1.1 million in 2000, including an increase of $0.1 million from the acquisitions of Liquent and IDRAC in 2001. Income

16



from operations increased at both MicroPatent and MDC, primarily as a result of strong revenue growth. Income from operations also increased as a result of decreased operating expenses in the LPS Group, primarily from reduced salaries and wages, and a decrease in impairment charges related to the Company's investment in Techex. EBITDA, excluding impairment charges, increased $6.5 million, or 70%, to $15.8 million in 2001 from $9.3 million in 2000, including an increase of $2.2 million from the acquisitions of Liquent and IDRAC. IP Group EBITDA margins, excluding impairment charges, approximated 38% in 2001, compared to 31% in 2000. The most significant factors related to the increase in EBITDA margin were contributions from Liquent and IDRAC and decreased spending levels at the LPS Group.

STI

        Revenues increased $3.4 million, or 9%, to $42.4 million in 2001 from $39.0 million in 2000. The increase includes an increase in revenues of $4.7 million related to Parthenon Press, which was acquired in May 2001. The segment also generated strong growth from reference book sales internationally, partially offsetting a decline in reference book sales in the U.S.

        Income from operations decreased $2.9 million, or 49%, to $3.1 million in 2001 from $6.0 million in 2000. The 2001 results included charges of approximately $0.7 million related to the disposal of certain direct marketing materials. Cost of sales in the segment increased as a percentage of revenue, due primarily to the acquisition of Parthenon Press, which has lower gross profit margins than the existing STI business. Operating expenses, expressed as a percentage of revenues, were relatively consistent in 2001 and 2000. Depreciation and amortization increased as a percentage of revenue, primarily as a result of the acquisition of Parthenon Press. EBITDA decreased $1.7 million, or 17%, to $8.5 million in 2001 from $10.2 million in 2000. EBITDA margins approximated 20% in 2001, compared to 26% in 2000.

ITL

        Revenues increased to $21.3 million in 2001 from $4.1 million in 2000. The revenues reflect results from the date of acquisition of Transcender in November 2000. Revenue performance was strong in 2001 based on significant sales of IT certification products related to Microsoft Windows 2000.

        Income from operations increased to $3.8 million in 2001 from $0.8 million in 2000, reflecting full year results in 2001 versus approximately two months in 2000. Strong operating income in 2001 reflects the significant operating leverage in this segment, with increasing revenues having a positive impact on profitability. EBITDA increased to $10.4 million in 2001 from $1.8 million in 2000, with EBITDA margins reaching 49% in 2001.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

        On February 28, 2003, the Company announced it had reached a definitive agreement to sell its STI segment, comprised of CRC Press and its subsidiaries, for cash consideration of approximately $95 million. The transaction is expected to be completed during the second quarter of 2003. Approximately $3 million of the proceeds will be held in escrow related to representations and warranties contained in the asset sale agreement. These proceeds will become available to the Company 12 months after completion of the sale unless the buyers have valid claims resulting from a breach of the representations and warranties. The proceeds from the sale of the STI segment, net of income taxes associated with the transaction, will be used to finance future acquisitions and for general corporate purposes. The Company currently does not have any agreements, arrangements or understandings with respect to any prospective material acquisitions. Pending such uses, the proceeds will be invested in short-term, investment grade securities.

17



        In March 2000, the Company sold approximately 4.5 million shares of its common stock and received approximately $155 million of net proceeds. As of December 31, 2002, proceeds of approximately $148 million have been used from this offering to fund acquisitions in the Company's information and publishing businesses (See Note 3 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements). The remaining net proceeds will be used to finance future acquisitions and for general corporate purposes. Pending such uses, the proceeds will be invested in short-term, investment grade securities.

        The Company's Board of Directors authorized a share repurchase program in October 2002, enabling the Company to repurchase up to $30 million of its common stock. Through March 14, 2003, the Company had purchased approximately $5.2 million of its common stock. The Company may use up to $24.8 million of cash and short-term investments in the future to purchase additional shares of its common stock.

        On September 24, 1999, the Company entered into a seven-year revolving credit facility in an amount not to exceed $50,000,000 initially, including a $10,000,000 sub-limit for the issuance of standby letters of credit (the Credit Facility). The Credit Facility was voluntarily terminated by the Company on March 4, 2003. The Company had no outstanding borrowings under the Credit Facility at any time since its inception.

        Cash and equivalents, including short-term investments, totaled $67.0 million at December 31, 2002 compared to $56.4 million at December 31, 2001. Excluding cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments, the Company had a working capital deficit of $(16.5) million at December 31, 2002 compared to working capital deficit of $(6.7) million at December 31, 2001. Since the Company receives patent annuity payments and subscription payments in advance, the Company's existing operations are expected to maintain very low or negative working capital balances, excluding cash. Included in current liabilities at December 31, 2002, are obligations related to patent annuity payments of approximately $26.0 million and deferred revenue of approximately $27.1 million.

        Cash generated from operating activities was $38.6 million for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2002, derived from a net loss of $(13.7) million plus non-cash charges of $43.7 million and a decrease in net operating assets of $8.6 million. The non-cash charges include impairments in the value of long-lived assets of $39.4 million, as described in the discussion of 2002 vs. 2001 operating results, and a reduction in net deferred tax liabilities of $16.3 million, primarily as a result of deferred tax assets associated with the impairment charges. The decrease in net operating assets is primarily the result of increased deferred revenues, both from the acquisition of Aurigin and growth in subscription products, and increased income taxes payable, partially offset by increased accounts receivable, primarily related to patent annuity payments at MDC and reference book sales at CRC Press.

        Cash used in investing activities was $18.4 million for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2002, due to acquisition costs for businesses, titles and equity interests of $14.4 million and capital expenditures, including pre-publication costs and internally developed software of $8.7 million. Excluding acquisitions of businesses, the Company's existing operations are not capital intensive. Capital expenditures for 2002 include approximately $4.5 million of pre-publication expenditures for scientific reference books. Additionally, the Company sold $4.7 million in short-term investments.

        Cash used for financing activities was $4.9 million for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2002, primarily due to $5.2 million of repurchases of common stock under the Company's authorized share repurchase program. The Company has no outstanding debt obligations as of December 31, 2002 related to the Credit Facility and had no borrowing or repayment activity under the Credit Facility during the year. Future noncancelable minimum lease payments under operating leases and under

18



capital leases including estimated escalation amounts as of December 31, 2002 are as follows (in thousands):

 
  Operating
Leases

  Capital
Leases

Year ending December 31,            
  2003   $ 3,929   $ 710
  2004     3,073     636
  2005     2,564     591
  2006     1,627     354
  2007     1,312    
  Thereafter     1,317    
   
 
Total minimum lease payments   $ 13,822     2,291
   
 
Less amount representing unamortized interest           332
         
Present value of net minimum lease payments           1,959
Less current maturities           553
         
Long-term obligation         $ 1,406
         

        The Company believes that cash on hand and funds generated from operations will be sufficient to fund the cash requirements of its existing operations for the foreseeable future. The Company will have significant additional cash on hand following completion of the sale of its STI segment, currently scheduled for the second quarter of 2003. The Company currently has no commitments for material capital expenditures. The Company may choose to obtain additional capital or financing to consummate future acquisitions. Future operating requirements and capital needs may be subject to economic conditions and other factors, many of which are beyond the Company's control.

Seasonality

        The Company's business is somewhat seasonal, with revenues typically reaching slightly higher levels during the fourth quarter of each calendar year, based on publication schedules and other factors. In 2002, 27% of the Company's revenues were generated during the fourth quarter with the first, second, and third quarters accounting for 24%, 25% and 24% of revenues, respectively. In 2001, revenues for the first through fourth quarters were 23%, 24%, 25% and 28%, respectively. In addition, the Company may experience fluctuations in revenues from period to period based on the timing of acquisitions, new product launches and the timing of license sales.

Impact of Recent Accounting Pronouncements

        In June 2001, the Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB") issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards ("SFAS") No. 141, Business Combinations, and SFAS No. 142, Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets, effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2001. Under the new rules, goodwill and intangible assets deemed to have indefinite lives will no longer be amortized but will be subject to annual impairment tests in accordance with the guidance of the provisions of SFAS No. 142. Other intangible assets will continue to be amortized over their respective useful lives to their estimated residual values and reviewed for impairment in accordance with SFAS No. 144, Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets. The Company has adopted the provisions of SFAS No. 141 and SFAS No. 142 effective January 1, 2002.

        In August 2001, the FASB issued SFAS No. 144, Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets. This standard supercedes SFAS No. 121, Accounting for the Impairment of Long-Lived Assets and for Long-Lived Assets to Be Disposed Of. The standard retains the previously

19



existing accounting requirements related to the recognition and measurement of the impairment of long-lived assets to be held and used while expanding the measurement requirements of long-lived assets to be disposed of by sale to include discontinued operations. It also expands on the previously existing reporting requirements for discontinued operations to include a component of an entity that either has been disposed of or is classified as held for sale. The Company has adopted SFAS No. 144 effective January 1, 2002. The adoption of this new statement did not have an impact on the Company's financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2002.

        In July 2002, the FASB issued SFAS No. 146, Accounting for Exit or Disposal Activities. This standard addresses issues regarding the recognition, measurement, and reporting of costs that are associated with exit and disposal activities, including restructuring activities that currently are accounted for pursuant to the guidance that the Emerging Issues Task Force set forth in Issue No. 94-3. The scope of SFAS No. 146 also includes (1) costs related to terminating a contract that is not a capital lease, (2) termination benefits that employees who are involuntarily terminated receive under the terms of a one-time benefit arrangement that is not an ongoing benefit arrangement or an individual deferred compensation contract and (3) costs to consolidate facilities or relocate employees. SFAS No. 146 is required to be effective for exit or disposal activities initiated after December 31, 2002.

        In December 2002, the FASB issued SFAS No. 148, Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation—Transition and Disclosure. SFAS No. 148 amends SFAS No. 123, Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation, to provide alternative methods of transition for a voluntary change to the fair value method of accounting for stock-based employee compensation. In addition, SFAS No. 148 amends the disclosure requirements of SFAS No. 123 to require prominent disclosure in both annual and interim financial statements about the method of accounting for stock-based employee compensation and the effect of the method used on reported results. The provisions of SFAS No. 148 are effective for financial statements for fiscal years and interim periods ending after December 15, 2002. The Company has adopted the disclosure provisions of SFAS No. 148. (See Note 2 to the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements). SFAS No. 148 did not require the Company to change to the fair value method of accounting for stock-based compensation.

Effects of Inflation

        The Company believes that inflation has not had a material impact on the results of operations presented herein.

Critical Accounting Policies

        The Company has identified the policies below as critical to its business operations and to the understanding of its results of operations. The impact and any associated risks on the Company's results of operations related to these policies are discussed throughout Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Conditions and Results of Operations. See Note 2 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for a detailed discussion on the application of these and other accounting policies.

        The preparation of the Company's financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. These estimates include, but are not limited to, revenue recognition, bad debt and sales return allowances, inventory obsolescence reserves, and the valuation of goodwill and other identified intangible assets. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

20



Revenue Recognition

        The Company derives its revenues from the following sources:

        IP Management Services—Revenues from patent annuity and trademark renewal payment services are recognized in the period when the related annuity tax payments are made to various regulatory agencies.

        Software License Revenue—The Company recognizes revenue from software licenses when persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, delivery has occurred, the fee is fixed and determinable and collectibility is probable. The Company recognizes the revenue allocable to software licenses upon obtaining a signed license agreement and delivery of the software product unless the fee is not fixed and determinable or collectibility is not probable. The Company's current standard practice is not to provide customer acceptance terms in connection with licenses of its software. However, certain agreements provide customer acceptance terms. These customer acceptance terms, which the Company considers to be perfunctory, lapse after a short period (generally 30 to 90 days) if the customer has not formally rejected the software. Arrangements that include acceptance terms beyond the Company's standard terms are not recognized until acceptance has occurred.

        In general, the Company's sales of software licenses include an initial period of post-contract customer support. In addition, the Company occasionally enters into service agreements related to software licenses. In software arrangements that include rights to multiple software products, post-contract support and other services, the Company allocates the total arrangement fee among each deliverable based on the relative fair value of each of the deliverables. The fair value of the software license is determined based on vendor-specific objective evidence of the undelivered post-contract customer support and service elements in accordance with the provisions of SOP 98-9.

        Revenue from software licenses to parties other than end-users, including reseller, third-party integrator and OEM arrangements with after-sale support requirements, is recorded only when software has been placed with an end-user and no further obligations exist.

        Publication Revenue—The Company recognizes sales revenue when the risks of ownership have been transferred to the buyer, which is generally when shipped. Sales made on a returnable basis are recorded net of provisions for estimated returns and allowances.

        Subscription Revenue—Revenue from subscriptions to the Company's print publications and information services is recognized in income as earned over the subscription period. Costs in connection with the procurement of subscriptions are charged to expense as incurred.

        Certification Test Preparation Software Revenue—Revenue associated with the sale of certification test preparation software for IT professionals can be deployed through CD-ROM or over the Internet. For CD-ROM sales, revenue is recognized upon shipment; for web-based sales, revenue is recognized upon delivery of access code to customers.

        Support Services Revenue—Revenue is derived from (i) maintenance and post-support contracts, (ii) training services and (iii) consulting services. Post contract customer support includes telephone support, bug fixes and rights to upgrades on a when-and-if available basis. Revenue from maintenance and post-support contracts is recognized primarily over the term of the service contract. Revenue from training services is recognized upon completion of services. Consulting revenue includes implementation services performed primarily on a time-and-materials basis under separate service arrangements related to the installation of Liquent software. Management does not consider the installation services essential because the services are routine in nature and include implementation planning, training of customer personnel, building simple interfaces and running test data. Also, customers have access to third parties who can provide such services. The remainder of consulting revenues is derived primarily from project management for publishing new drug applications and general information technology consulting.

21



Revenue is recognized for these services on a time-and-materials basis as services are performed. In some circumstances, services are provided under fixed-price arrangements, in which case revenue is recognized on the percentage-of-completion method. Revisions in estimates of costs to complete are reflected in operations in the period in which facts requiring those revisions become known.

        Deferred RevenueDeferred revenue includes (i) payments received for products not yet delivered, (ii) advance payments on contract revenues, (iii) payments received from subscriptions and (iv) that portion of separately sold software support agreements that has not yet been recognized as revenue. In connection with the acquisition of companies, the Company records deferred revenue at the cost to fulfill plus an applicable gross profit margin, rather than based on the subscription and advanced payments received.

        The recognition of revenue in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States requires the Company to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of revenue. Estimates related to the recognition of revenue include future product returns which may occur based upon actual historical return rates and reduce the Company's revenue by these estimated future returns. As additional information becomes available, or actual amounts are determinable, the recorded estimates are revised. Consequently, operating results can be affected by revisions to prior accounting estimates.

Allowance for Doubtful Accounts and Sales Returns

        Management estimates accounts receivable risks and provides allowances for doubtful accounts based on historical analysis and a review of outstanding balances and for sales returns based on the historical rate of return and current market conditions. Management believes that credit risk for accounts receivable is limited because of the large number of customers and because the Company's customers are dispersed across different businesses and geographic areas.

Inventory

        Inventory is stated at the lower of cost or market. The vast majority of inventories are books, which are reviewed monthly on a title-by-title basis for salability. Obsolete, damaged, and unmarketable books historically have been insignificant and the cost of inventory determined to be impaired has been charged to income in the period of determination. Assessing the ultimate realization of inventories requires judgment about future demand and market conditions, and management evaluates the adequacy of the allowance for obsolete inventory on a quarterly basis. Management makes adjustments to the reserve if the evaluation of reserve requirements differs from the actual aggregate reserve. This evaluation is inherently subjective because estimates may be revised as more information becomes available.

Goodwill

        Goodwill consists of the excess of cost over the value of identifiable net assets of businesses acquired under the purchase method of accounting. Through December 31, 2001, goodwill acquired prior to June 30, 2001 had been amortized on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives of 10-20 years. Beginning in January 2002, the Company ceased amortizing goodwill in accordance with SFAS No. 142, Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets.

        The Company assesses the recoverability of goodwill by first determining whether the carrying value of all tangible and intangible assets of the applicable business exceed the current fair value of that business. If carrying values are determined to exceed fair value, the Company determines the amount of goodwill impairment based on the excess of the fair value of tangible and identifiable intangible assets in excess of the fair value of the business. The Company has historically used projected discounted future cash flows to determine fair values. The Company reviews the carrying

22



value of goodwill for impairment annually, or more frequently, if events or circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may be impaired. Management bases its estimates of fair values on historical experience and on various assumptions, which are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances.

Identified Intangible Assets

        Identified intangible assets represent the portion of purchase price paid in a business acquisition which has been allocated, based on independent appraisals or management's estimates, to the value of publication agreements, subscriber lists, databases, trademarks and acquired customer relationships, or similar assets. Costs allocated to these assets are amortized on a straight-line basis over their estimated useful lives ranging from 2-20 years. Beginning in January 2002, the Company ceased amortizing intangible assets with indefinite lives in accordance with SFAS No. 142, Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets.

        Intangible assets that are being amortized are reviewed for impairment when indicators of impairment are identified. The Company reviews the carrying value of these intangible assets for impairment by measuring the carrying amount of the assets against the estimated undiscounted future cashflows associated with them on a periodic basis and whenever events or circumstances indicate that the carrying amounts may not be recoverable. If the Company determines that the carrying amount is impaired, the assets will be written down to fair value. Fair value is determined based on discounted cash flows or management's estimates, depending on the nature of the assets.

        Intangible assets not subject to amortization are reviewed for impairment annually, or more frequently if events or circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may be impaired. If the fair value of the intangible asset is less than its carrying value, an impairment loss would be recognized. Fair value is determined based on discounted cash flows or management's estimates, depending on the nature of the asset.

Pre-publication Costs

        Prepublication costs, primarily comprised of design and other pre-production costs, are deferred and charged to expense over the estimated product life. These costs are primarily amortized over a four-year period following release of the applicable book, using an accelerated amortization period. It is the Company's policy to evaluate the remaining lives and recoverability of such costs on a periodic basis and whenever events or circumstances indicate that the carrying amounts may not be recoverable.


Item 7A.    Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosure About Market Risk

        Interest Rate Risk—Prior to the termination of the Credit Facility in March 2003, the Company was subject to market risks arising from changes in interest rates. Interest rate exposure results from changes in the Eurodollar or the prime rate, which are used to determine the interest rate applicable to borrowings under the Credit Facility. As of December 31, 2002, the Company had no outstanding borrowings under the Credit Facility.

        Foreign Currency Exchange Rate Risk—The financial statements of the Company's foreign subsidiaries are translated from the local currency into U.S. dollars. Assets and liabilities are translated using current exchange rates, except certain accounts of subsidiaries whose functional currency is the U.S. dollar, and translation adjustments are accumulated in a separate component of stockholders' equity. Revenue and expenses are translated at average monthly exchange rates, and translation adjustments are charged and credited to income. As such, the Company's operating results are affected by fluctuations in the value of the U.S. dollar compared to the British pound and the Euro. Foreign exchange translation gains or losses were not material in any of the periods presented.

23



        A subsidiary of the Company routinely enters into forward contracts to acquire various international currencies in an effort to hedge foreign currency transaction exposures of its operations. Such forward contracts have been designated as hedges for future annual patent payments to related international regulatory agencies. At December 31, 2002, the subsidiary of the Company had entered into forward contracts to acquire various international currencies, all having maturities of less than six months, aggregating approximately $16,400,000. Realized gains and losses relating to the forward contracts were immaterial for the year ended December 31, 2002.

        The Company has only limited involvement with derivative financial instruments and does not use them for trading purposes.

Important Factors Relating to Forward-Looking Statements

        The Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995 provides a "safe harbor" for forward-looking statements so long as those statements are identified as forward-looking and are accompanied by meaningful cautionary statements identifying important factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from those projected in such statements. In connection with certain forward-looking statements contained in this Form 10-K and those that may be made in the future by or on behalf of the Company, the Company notes that there are various factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from those set forth in any such forward-looking statements. The forward-looking statements contained in this Form 10-K were prepared by management and are qualified by, and subject to, significant business, economic, competitive, regulatory and other uncertainties and contingencies, all of which are difficult or impossible to predict and many of which are beyond the control of the Company. Factors which could cause or contribute to such differences include, but are not limited to: (1) the ability of the Company to consummate acquisitions, integrate such acquisitions into existing operations, manage expansion, achieve operating efficiencies and control costs in its operations; (2) the Company's success in retaining key employees, including its CEO and CFO and the senior management teams of its primary operating units; (3) pressures from competitors with greater resources than those of the Company, as well as competitive pressures arising from changes in technology and customer requirements; (4) the competitive nature of the markets in which the Company operates; (5) the availability of raw intellectual property information from alternative sources for little or no cost; (6) the concentration of ownership among the founding stockholders of the Company, who have the ability to direct the affairs and operations of the business; (7) changes in Internet usage; (8) changes in customer and distributor relationships; (9) changes in U.S. or foreign government regulations and (10) general economic conditions which may impact expenditures on the Company's products and services.

        Accordingly, there can be no assurance that the forward-looking statements contained in this Form 10-K will be realized or that actual results will not be significantly higher or lower. The statements have not been audited by, examined by, compiled by or subjected to agreed-upon procedures by independent accountants, and no third-party has independently verified or reviewed such statements. Readers of this Form 10-K should consider these facts in evaluating the information contained herein. In addition, the business and operations of the Company are subject to substantial risks, which increase the uncertainty inherent in the forward-looking statements contained in this Form 10-K. The inclusion of the forward-looking statements contained in this Form 10-K should not be regarded as a representation by the Company or any other person that the forward-looking statements contained in this Form 10-K will be achieved. In light of the foregoing, readers of this Form 10-K are cautioned not to place undue reliance on the forward-looking statements contained herein. These risks and others that are detailed in this Form 10-K and other documents that the Company files from time to time with the Securities and Exchange Commission, including quarterly reports on Form 10-Q and any current reports on Form 8-K, must be considered by any investor or potential investor in the Company.

24




Item 8.    Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

        Reference is made to the financial statements, the report thereon, the notes thereto, and supplementary data commencing at page F-1 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K which financial statements, report, notes, and data are incorporated herein by reference.


QUARTERLY RESULTS OF OPERATIONS (UNAUDITED)

        The following is a summary of the quarterly results of operations for the years ended December 31, 2002 and 2001, respectively (in thousands, except per share data):

 
  Quarter Ended
   
 
 
  March 31
  June 30
  September 30
  December 31
  Year
 
2002                                
Revenues   $ 33,288   $ 35,645   $ 34,585   $ 38,249   $ 141,767  
Gross profit     24,017     25,036     23,909     26,839     99,801  
Net income (loss)(1)     2,814     3,068     (67 )   (19,539 )   (13,724 )
Net income (loss) per common share:                                
  Basic   $ 0.13   $ 0.14   $ 0.00   $ (0.91 ) $ (0.63 )
  Diluted   $ 0.13   $ 0.14   $ 0.00   $ (0.91 ) $ (0.63 )

 


 

Quarter Ended


 

 

 
  March 31
  June 30
  September 30
  December 31
  Year
2001                              
Revenues   $ 24,244   $ 25,314   $ 26,427   $ 29,351   $ 105,336
Gross profit     18,670     19,346     19,429     21,215     78,660
Net income     3,004     1,904     1,468     1,462     7,838
Net income per common share:                              
  Basic   $ 0.14   $ 0.09   $ 0.07   $ 0.07   $ 0.36
  Diluted   $ 0.14   $ 0.09   $ 0.07   $ 0.07   $ 0.36

(1)
Includes impairment charges of $3,063 and $36,317 during the quarters ended September 30, 2002 and December 31, 2002, respectively.


Item 9.    Change in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

        None.

25



PART III

Item 10.    Directors and Executive Officers of the Registrant

        The information relating to the identification, business experience and directorships of each director and nominee for director of IHI and the information relating to the identification and business experience of IHI's executive officers, required by Item 401 and 405 of Regulation S-K, will be presented in the sections entitled "Election of Directors" and "Executive Officers" of IHI's definitive proxy statement for the Annual Meeting of Stockholders for fiscal 2002, and is hereby incorporated by reference.


Item 11.    Executive Compensation

        The information relating to the cash compensation of directors and officers required by Item 402 of Regulation S-K will be presented in the sections entitled "The Board and Its Committees—Compensation of Directors", "Executive Officers—Employment Agreements" and "Summary Compensation Table" of IHI's definitive proxy statement for the Annual Meeting of Stockholders for fiscal 2002 and is hereby incorporated by reference.

        The Company has an agreement, dated as of January 29, 2003, with Fenton Markevich which provides for a one-time payment of $200,000 if the Company or one of its affiliates completes a sale of all or substantially all of the capital stock or assets of CRC Press LLC to Taylor & Francis Group plc before July 29, 2003, provided that Mr. Markevich remains in the employ of CRC Press until the closing of any such sale. On February 28, 2003, the Company announced that it reached an agreement to sell CRC Press LLC to affiliates of Taylor & Francis Group plc.

26


Item 12.    Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

        The information relating to security ownership required by Item 403 of Regulation S-K will be presented in the section entitled "Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management" of IHI's definitive proxy statement for the Annual Meeting of Stockholders for fiscal 2002 and is hereby incorporated by reference.


Equity Compensation Plan Information

        The following chart gives aggregate information regarding grants under all equity compensation plans of IHI through December 31, 2002.

Plan Category

  (a) Number of securities to be issued upon exercise of outstanding options, warrants and rights(1)
  (b) Weighted-average exercise price of outstanding options, warrants and rights
  (c) Number of securities remaining available for future issuance under equity compensation plans (excluding securities reflected in column(a))
Equity compensation plans approved by shareholders   1,266,991   $24.32   827,407

Equity compensation plans not approved by shareholders

 

- -0-

 

Not applicable

 

- -0-

Total

 

1,266,991

 

$24.32

 

827,407

(1)
Represents options granted under the Company's 1998 Stock Option Plan, which was approved by shareholders in 1998, as thereafter amended with shareholder approval.

27



Item 13.    Certain Relationships and Related Transactions

        The information relating to certain relationships and transactions required by Item 404 of Regulation S-K will be presented in the section "Certain Relationships and Related Transactions" of IHI's definitive proxy statement for the Annual Meeting of Stockholders for fiscal 2002 and is hereby incorporated by reference.


Item 14.    Controls and Procedures

        Based on their evaluation of the Company's disclosure controls and procedures as of a date within 90 days of the filing of this Report, the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer have concluded that such controls and procedures are effective. There were no significant changes in the Company's internal controls or in other factors that could significantly affect such controls to the date of their evaluation.


PART IV

Item 15.    Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules, and Reports on Form 8-K

    (a)
    Financial Statements

 
  Page
Report of Independent Auditors   F-1
Consolidated Balance Sheets,
December 31, 2002 and 2001
  F-2
Consolidated Statements of Operations,
Years Ended December 31, 2002, 2001 and 2000
  F-3
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders' Equity
Years Ended December 31, 2002, 2001 and 2000
  F-4
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows,
Years Ended December 31, 2002, 2001 and 2000
  F-5
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements   F-6 to F-28

        All schedules of the Company for which provision is made in the applicable accounting regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission are not required under the related instructions, are inapplicable, or have been disclosed in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements and, therefore, have been omitted.

    (b)
    Reports on Form 8-K.

      On October 8, 2002, the Company filed a Current Report of Form 8-K announcing that its wholly-owned subsidiary, MicroPatent LLC, entered into an Asset Purchase Agreement pursuant to which it acquired substantially all of the assets of Aurigin Systems, Inc.

      On October 29, 2002, the Company filed a Current Report of Form 8-K announcing that its Board of Directors authorized the Company to repurchase up to Thirty Million dollars of its common stock.

      On December 20, 2002, the Company filed a Current Report on Form 8-K reporting the election of Keith B. Jarrett and Martin D. Payson to its Board of Directors.

      On March 4, 2003, the Company filed a Current Report on Form 8-K reporting that it entered into an agreement to sell substantially all of the assets and certain liabilities of its wholly owned subsidiaries CRC Press LLC, CRC Press U.K. LLC and Parthenon, Inc. to Taylor & Francis Group plc. The Form 8-K also included financial results of the Company for the three and twelve-month periods ended December 31, 2002.

28



    (c)
    Exhibits

No.
  Description
2.1   Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of November 13, 2001, by and among Liquent, Information Holdings Inc. and Fluid(1)

3.1

 

Certificate of Incorporation*

3.2

 

Amended and Restated Bylaws**

4.1

 

Specimen Common Stock Certificate*

4.2

 

Registration Rights Agreement among Information Holdings Inc., Warburg, Pincus Ventures, L.P., and Mason P. Slaine***

10.1

 

Employment Agreement, dated as of March 15, 2000, between Information Holdings Inc. and Mason P. Slaine++

10.2

 

Employment Agreement, dated as of January 19, 1998, between Information Ventures LLC and Vincent A. Chippari*

10.3

 

Employment Agreement, dated as of April 10, 2000, between Information Ventures LLC and Jay Nadler**

10.4

 

Employment Agreement, dated as of November 6, 2000, between Transcender LLC and Aneel M. Pandey**

10.5

 

Noncompetition Agreement, dated November 6, 2000, between Transcender LLC and Aneel M. Pandey**

10.6

 

Employment Agreement, between Liquent (formerly ESPS, Inc.) and R. Richard Dool, dated November 27, 2000, as amended February 8, 2001 and October 3, 2001(2)

10.7

 

1998 Stock Option Plan of the Company (Amended and Restated as of March 26, 2002)(2)

10.8

 

Asset Purchase Agreement, dated as of November 6, 2000, among Information Ventures LLC, Transcender LLC and Transcender Corporation****

10.9

 

Credit Agreement, dated as of September 24, 1999, among Information Holdings Inc., Warburg, Pincus Information Ventures, Inc., Information Ventures LLC, and the lenders named herein, Bank of America, N.A., as Documentation Agent, Bankers Trust Company, as Administrative Agent+

10.10

 

First Amendment to Credit Agreement, dated as of October 7, 1999, among Information Holdings Inc., Warburg, Pincus Information Ventures, Inc., Information Ventures LLC, the lenders named therein, Bank of America, N.A., as Documentation Agent and Bankers Trust Company, as Administrative Agent(2)

10.11

 

Second Consent and Amendment to Credit Agreement, dated as of July 12, 2001, among Information Holdings Inc., Information Ventures LLC, the lenders named therein, Bank of America, N.A., as Documentation Agent and Bankers Trust Company as Administrative Agent(2)

10.12

 

Form of Pledge Agreement, dated as of September 24, 1999, entered into by Information Holdings Inc. and its subsidiaries and Bankers Trust Company, as Collateral Agent+

10.13

 

Form of Security Agreement dated as of September 24, 1999, among Information Holdings Inc., Warburg, Pincus Information Ventures, Inc., Information Ventures LLC, certain of its subsidiaries and Bankers Trust Company, as Collateral Agent+

 

 

 

29



10.14

 

Form of Subsidiaries Guaranty, dated as of September 24, 1999+

10.15

 

Amendment to Employment Agreement, dated as of November 6, 2000, between Transcender LLC and Aneel M. Pandey(2)

10.16

 

Amendment, entered into as of January 17, 2003, to the Employment Agreement by and between Information Holdings Inc. and Mason P. Slaine, dated as of April 30, 2002

10.17

 

Amendment, entered into as of October 29, 2002, to the Employment Agreement by and between Liquent Inc. and R. Richard Dool, dated November 27, 2000, and as amended February 8, 2001 and October 3, 2001

10.18

 

Letter Agreement, dated January 29, 2003, by and between Information Holdings Inc. and Fenton Markevich

10.19

 

Asset Purchase Agreement, dated as of May 3, 2002, by and among Aurigin Systems, Inc. and MicroPatent LLC(3)

10.20

 

Asset Purchase Agreement, dated as of February 27, 2003, between CRC Press LLC, CRC Press (U.K.) LLC, Parthenon Inc., Information Holdngs Inc., CRC Press I LLC and Routledge No. 2 Limited

21.1

 

List of subsidiaries of Information Holdings Inc.

23.1

 

Consent of Ernst & Young LLP

99.1

 

Certification by CEO pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

99.2

 

Certification by CFO pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

*   Incorporated herein by reference to the Company's Registration Statement on Form S-1, Registration No. 333-56665.

**

 

Incorporated herein by reference to the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2000.

***

 

Incorporated herein by reference to the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1998.

****

 

Incorporated herein by reference to the Current Report on Form 8-K, filed on November 21, 2000.

+

 

Incorporated herein by reference to the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q, filed on November 12, 1999.

++

 

Incorporated herein by reference to the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q, filed on August 11, 2000.

(1)

 

Incorporated herein by reference to the Exhibit to the Schedule 13D relating to the Shares, filed by the Company and Fluid on November 21, 2001.

(2)

 

Incorporated herein by reference to the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2001.

(3)

 

Incorporated herein by reference to the Current Report on Form 8-K, filed on October 8, 2002.

30



SIGNATURES

        Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

        INFORMATION HOLDINGS INC.    

 

 

By:

 

/s/ Vincent A. Chippari

Vincent A. Chippari, Executive Vice President
and Chief Financial Officer

 

 

 

 

Date:            March 28, 2003

 

 

        Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the Registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated:

    /s/ Mason P. Slaine
Mason P. Slaine
President, Chief Executive Officer
and Director
(Principal Executive Officer)
March 28, 2003
  /s/ Vincent A. Chippari
Vincent A. Chippari
Executive Vice President and
Chief Financial Officer
(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)
March 28, 2003

 

 

/s/ Michael E. Danziger

Michael E. Danziger
Director
March 28, 2003

 

/s/ David R. Haas

David R. Haas
Director
March 28, 2003

 

 

/s/ Keith B. Jarrett

Keith B. Jarrett
Director
March 28, 2003

 

/s/ Sidney Lapidus

Sidney Lapidus
Director
March 28, 2003

 

 

/s/ Martin D. Payson

Martin D. Payson
Director
March 28, 2003

 

/s/ John L. Vogelstein

John L. Vogelstein
Director
March 28, 2003

31



INFORMATION HOLDINGS INC.
CERTIFICATION BY CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER

I, Mason P. Slaine, certify that:

1.
I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Information Holdings Inc.;

2.
Based on my knowledge, this annual report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this annual report;

3.
Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this annual report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this annual report;

4.
The registrant's other certifying officers and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-14 and 15d-14) for the registrant and we have:

a.
designed such disclosure controls and procedures to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this annual report is being prepared;

b.
evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant's disclosure controls and procedures as of a date within 90 days prior to the filing date of this annual report (the "Evaluation Date"); and

c.
presented in this annual report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures based on our evaluation as of the Evaluation Date;

5.
The registrant's other certifying officers and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation, to the registrant's auditors and the audit committee of the registrant's board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

a.
all significant deficiencies in the design or operation of internal controls which could adversely affect the registrant's ability to record, process, summarize and report financial data and have identified for the registrant's auditors any material weaknesses in internal controls; and

b.
any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant's internal controls; and

6.
The registrant's other certifying officers and I have indicated in this annual report whether there were significant changes in internal controls or in other factors that could significantly affect internal controls subsequent to the date of our most recent evaluation, including any corrective actions with regard to significant deficiencies and material weaknesses.

Date: March 28, 2003   /s/ Mason P. Slaine
Mason P. Slaine
President, Chief Executive Officer and Director

32



INFORMATION HOLDINGS INC.
CERTIFICATION BY CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER

I, Vincent A. Chippari, certify that:

1.
I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Information Holdings Inc.;

2.
Based on my knowledge, this annual report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this annual report;

3.
Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this annual report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this annual report;

4.
The registrant's other certifying officers and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-14 and 15d-14) for the registrant and we have:

a.
designed such disclosure controls and procedures to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this annual report is being prepared;

b.
evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant's disclosure controls and procedures as of a date within 90 days prior to the filing date of this annual report (the "Evaluation Date"); and

c.
presented in this annual report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures based on our evaluation as of the Evaluation Date;

5.
The registrant's other certifying officers and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation, to the registrant's auditors and the audit committee of the registrant's board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

a)
all significant deficiencies in the design or operation of internal controls which could adversely affect the registrant's ability to record, process, summarize and report financial data and have identified for the registrant's auditors any material weaknesses in internal controls; and

b)
any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant's internal controls; and

6.
The registrant's other certifying officers and I have indicated in this annual report whether there were significant changes in internal controls or in other factors that could significantly affect internal controls subsequent to the date of our most recent evaluation, including any corrective actions with regard to significant deficiencies and material weaknesses.

Date: March 28, 2003   /s/ Vincent A. Chippari
Vincent A. Chippari
Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

33



Report of Independent Auditors

Stockholders and Board of Directors
Information Holdings Inc.

        We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Information Holdings Inc. and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2002 and 2001 and the related consolidated statements of operations, stockholders' equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2002. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

        We conducted our audits in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

        In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of Information Holdings Inc. and subsidiaries at December 31, 2002 and 2001, and the consolidated results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2002, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States.

        As discussed in Note 2 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, on January 1, 2002 the Company adopted Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 142, Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets.

                        ERNST & YOUNG LLP

New York, New York
February 14, 2003
Except for Note 18, as to which the date is
February 28, 2003

F-1



INFORMATION HOLDINGS INC.

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

(In thousands, except share data)

 
  December 31,
2002

  December 31,
2001

ASSETS            
CURRENT ASSETS:            
  Cash and equivalents   $ 53,910   $ 38,612
  Short-term investments     13,056     17,762
  Accounts receivable (net of allowance for doubtful accounts and sales returns of $4,154 and $3,273, respectively)     41,827     35,130
  Inventories     7,451     7,323
  Prepaid expenses and other current assets     5,385     7,268
  Deferred income taxes     4,589     3,423
   
 
    Total current assets     126,218     109,518
Property and equipment, net     7,946     9,868
Pre-publication costs (net of accumulated amortization of $8,952 and $5,758, respectively)     5,812     4,750
Identified intangible assets, net     94,627     111,463
Goodwill     88,967     102,666
Other assets     5,267     8,292
   
 
TOTAL   $ 328,837   $ 346,557
   
 

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY

 

 

 

 

 

 
CURRENT LIABILITIES:            
  Current portion of capitalized lease obligations   $ 553   $ 490
  Accounts payable     30,967     21,598
  Accrued expenses     14,584     17,793
  Royalties payable     2,601     1,625
  Deferred revenue     27,069     18,293
   
 
    Total current liabilities     75,774     59,799
Capital leases     1,406     1,959
Deferred income taxes     1,227     16,826
Other long-term liabilities     690     1,023
   
 
    Total liabilities     79,097     79,607
   
 
COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES            
STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY:            
  Preferred stock, $.01 par value; 1,000,000 shares authorized; none issued   $   $
  Common stock, $.01 par value; authorized 50,000,000 shares; issued 21,815,677 and 21,758,052 shares, respectively; outstanding 21,433,777 and 21,758,052 shares, respectively     218     218
  Additional paid-in capital     247,026     245,911
  Retained earnings     7,097     20,821
  Treasury stock, at cost, 381,900 shares     (5,227 )  
  Accumulated other comprehensive income     626    
   
 
    Total stockholders' equity     249,740     266,950
   
 
TOTAL   $ 328,837   $ 346,557
   
 

See notes to consolidated financial statements

F-2



INFORMATION HOLDINGS INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31

(In thousands, except per share data)

 
  2002
  2001
  2000
 
Revenues   $ 141,767   $ 105,336   $ 73,289  
Cost of sales     41,966     26,676     19,720  
   
 
 
 
Gross profit     99,801     78,660     53,569  
   
 
 
 
Operating expenses:                    
  Selling, general and administrative     66,909     49,831     36,987  
  Depreciation and amortization     16,941     18,769     9,744  
  Impairment of long-lived assets     39,380     400     1,500  
   
 
 
 
    Total operating expenses     123,230     69,000     48,231  
   
 
 
 
(Loss) income from operations     (23,429 )   9,660     5,338  
   
 
 
 
Other income (expense):                    
  Interest income     996     4,046     7,575  
  Interest expense     (523 )   (541 )   (570 )
  Other income (expense)     5     (16 )   2  
   
 
 
 
(Loss) income before income taxes     (22,951 )   13,149     12,345  
(Benefit from) provision for income taxes     (9,227 )   5,311     5,253  
   
 
 
 
Net (loss) income   $ (13,724 ) $ 7,838   $ 7,092  
   
 
 
 
Basic (loss) earnings per common share   $ (0.63 ) $ 0.36   $ 0.34  
   
 
 
 
Average number of basic common shares outstanding     21,734,708     21,686,149     20,583,190  
   
 
 
 
Diluted (loss) earnings per common share   $ (0.63 ) $ 0.36   $ 0.34  
   
 
 
 
Average number of diluted common shares outstanding     21,734,708     21,826,359     20,821,921  
   
 
 
 

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

F-3



INFORMATION HOLDINGS INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY

YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31

(In thousands, except share data)

 
  Common Stock
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
   
   
   
  Accumulated
other
comprehensive
income

   
 
 
  Number of
shares

  Amount
  Additional
paid-in
capital

  Retained
earnings

  Treasury
stock

  Total
 
Balance at December 31, 1999   16,953,550   $ 170   $ 84,874   $ 5,891   $   $   $ 90,935  
Issuance of common stock, net   4,500,000     45     155,088                       155,133  
Common stock issued to employees from stock option exercises   158,420     1     1,918                       1,919  
Income tax benefit from stock option exercises               1,195                       1,195  
Net income                     7,092                 7,092  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Balance at December 31, 2000   21,611,970     216     243,075     12,983             256,274  
Common stock issued to employees from stock option exercises   146,082     2     2,003                       2,005  
Income tax benefit from stock option exercises               833                       833  
Net income                     7,838                 7,838  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Balance at December 31, 2001   21,758,052     218     245,911     20,821             266,950  
Common stock issued to employees from stock option exercises   57,625         786                       786  
Income tax benefit from stock option exercises               329                       329  
Net loss                     (13,724 )               (13,724 )
Treasury stock purchased   (381,900 )                     (5,227 )         (5,227 )
Foreign currency translation adjustment                                 626     626  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Balance at December 31, 2002   21,433,777   $ 218   $ 247,026   $ 7,097   $ (5,227 ) $ 626   $ 249,740  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

F-4



INFORMATION HOLDINGS INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31

(In thousands)

 
  2002
  2001
  2000
 
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:                    
Net (loss) income   $ (13,724 ) $ 7,838   $ 7,092  
Adjustments to reconcile net (loss) income to net cash provided by operating activities:                    
  Depreciation     5,863     3,417     2,210  
  Amortization of goodwill and other intangibles     11,078     15,352     7,534  
  Amortization of pre-publication costs     3,385     2,814     2,297  
  Change in non-current deferred income tax liabilities     (16,250 )   (2,028 )   (1,862 )
  Impairment of long-lived assets     39,380     400     1,500  
  Other     264     154     139  
  Changes in operating assets and liabilities, net of effect of acquisitions:                    
    Increase in accounts receivable, net     (5,981 )   (3,170 )   (5,112 )
    Increase in inventories     (103 )   (54 )   (1,166 )
    Decrease (increase) in prepaid and other current assets     1,342     196     (1,371 )
    (Decrease) increase in accounts payable and accrued expenses     (461 )   (1,889 )   5,019  
    Income tax benefit from stock options exercised     329     1,166     1,195  
    Net change in income taxes payable (receivable)     5,835     (2,592 )   (2,611 )
    Increase in deferred revenue     7,121     2,708     585  
    Net change in other assets and liabilities     503     (630 )   (477 )
   
 
 
 
Net Cash Provided by Operating Activities     38,581     23,682     14,972  
   
 
 
 
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:                    
  Acquisitions of businesses, titles, and equity interests     (14,393 )   (68,636 )   (64,862 )
  Purchases of property and equipment     (2,698 )   (3,950 )   (2,800 )
  Investment in pre-publication costs     (4,450 )   (3,064 )   (3,020 )
  Sales (purchases) of short-term investments     4,706     (6,031 )   (11,731 )
  Capitalized internal-use software     (844 )   (1,488 )   (522 )
  Capitalized software development cost     (715 )        
  Proceeds from disposal of property and equipment     42     27     14  
   
 
 
 
Net Cash Used in Investing Activities     (18,352 )   (83,142 )   (82,921 )
   
 
 
 
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:                    
  Issuance of common stock in public offering, net             155,133  
  Common stock issued from stock options exercised     786     2,005     1,919  
  Purchase of treasury stock     (5,227 )        
  Principal payments on capital leases     (490 )   (308 )   (279 )
   
 
 
 
Net Cash (Used in) Provided by Financing Activities     (4,931 )   1,697     156,773  
   
 
 
 
NET INCREASE (DECREASE) IN CASH AND EQUIVALENTS     15,298     (57,763 )   88,824  

CASH AND EQUIVALENTS, BEGINNING OF YEAR

 

 

38,612

 

 

96,375

 

 

7,551

 
   
 
 
 
CASH AND EQUIVALENTS, END OF YEAR   $ 53,910   $ 38,612   $ 96,375  
   
 
 
 
SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURE:                    
  Income taxes paid   $ 859   $ 8,755   $ 8,531  
   
 
 
 
  Interest paid   $ 342   $ 402   $ 571  
   
 
 
 

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

F-5



INFORMATION HOLDINGS INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2002, 2001 AND 2000

1.    DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS AND BASIS OF PRESENTATION

        Information Ventures LLC (IV), a wholly-owned subsidiary of Information Holdings Inc. (IHI or the Company), was formed on December 2, 1996 to create and build an information and publishing business. IV functions as a holding company and, through its wholly owned subsidiaries—CRC Press LLC (CRC Press), MicroPatent LLC (MicroPatent), Master Data Center, Inc. (MDC), Transcender LLC (Transcender), Liquent, Inc. (Liquent) and IDRAC SAS (IDRAC), provides information products and services to professional end-users in intellectual property, scientific and technical information and information technology (IT) learning markets. The Company's intellectual property businesses, which include MicroPatent, MDC, Liquent and IDRAC, provide a broad array of databases, information products and complementary services for intellectual property and regulatory professionals. The scientific and technology information business is CRC Press, which publishes professional and academic books, journals, newsletters and electronic databases covering areas such as life sciences, environmental sciences, engineering, mathematics, physical sciences and business. Transcender is a leading online provider of IT certification test-preparation products. Its products include exam simulations for certifications from major hardware and software providers. The Company has operating offices in the United States and Europe and distributes its products on a worldwide basis.

        On August 12, 1998, the members of IV contributed all of their direct and indirect equity interests to IHI, then a newly formed Delaware corporation, in exchange for 12,200,000 shares of common stock of IHI, representing 100% of the initial outstanding equity interests.

        Effective August 12, 1998, IHI sold 4,250,000 additional shares of common stock in an initial public offering at $12.00 per share. Subsequently, the underwriters exercised an option and purchased an additional 472,356 shares at $12.00 per share. Net proceeds, after deducting underwriting discounts and expenses, of approximately $51,200,000 were used primarily during fiscal 1999 to fund four strategic acquisitions in the intellectual property market.

        On March 14, 2000, the Securities and Exchange Commission declared effective the Company's registration statement on Form S-3, pursuant to which the Company completed a public offering on March 20, 2000 of 4,500,000 shares of its common stock at a price of $36.50 per share. The net proceeds to the Company, after deducting underwriting discounts, commissions and offering expenses was approximately $155,000,000. As of December 31, 2002, the Company used approximately $148,000,000 of the proceeds from the offering to fund acquisitions in each of the operating segments (See Note 3—Acquisitions). The remaining net proceeds will be used to finance future acquisitions and for general corporate purposes.

        The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of IHI and subsidiaries and the Company's share of earnings or losses of an affiliated company under the equity method of accounting. All significant intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation. All acquisitions have been accounted for using the purchase method of accounting, and operating results have been included from the respective dates of acquisition.

F-6


2.    SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

        Cash Equivalents—The Company considers all highly liquid investments with maturities of three months or less at the time of purchase to be cash equivalents. The cost of these investments approximates fair market value.

        Short-term Investments—At December 31, 2002 and 2001, the Company held short-term investments primarily in commercial paper, which were classified as held-to-maturity. The investments have a maturity date within one year and are stated at their amortized cost.

        Accounts Receivable—The changes in the allowance for doubtful accounts receivable and sales returns consist of the following (in thousands):

 
  Years Ended December 31,
 
 
  2002
  2001
  2000
 
Allowance, beginning of year   $ 3,273   $ 3,575   $ 2,621  
Provision for uncollectible accounts and returns     1,540     283     1,116  
Write-off of uncollectible accounts and deductions from reserves     (659 )   (585 )   (162 )
   
 
 
 
Allowance, end of year   $ 4,154   $ 3,273   $ 3,575  
   
 
 
 

        Inventories—Inventories, consisting primarily of finished goods, are stated at the lower of cost (first-in, first-out method) or market. Shipping costs, which consist of transportation costs associated with the delivery of the Company's product to customers, and handling costs are included in Cost of sales. The vast majority of inventories are books, which are reviewed quarterly on a title-by-title basis for salability. The cost of inventory determined to be impaired is charged to Cost of sales in the period of determination.

        Advertising Costs—The cost of advertising is expensed as incurred. The majority of these costs relate to direct response marketing and is expensed upon mailing. The Company incurred approximately $6,164,000, $8,430,000, and $6,565,000 in advertising costs during 2002, 2001 and 2000, respectively. Advertising related costs, primarily consisting of direct mail costs, of approximately $370,000 and $540,000 were included in Prepaid expenses and other current assets at December 31, 2002 and 2001, respectively.

        Property and Equipment—Depreciation and amortization is provided using the straight-line method over the following estimated useful lives:

Furniture and equipment   3-7 years
Computer equipment   3-5 years
Leasehold improvements   Shorter of useful life or lease term
Property under capital leases   Life of lease

        Gains or losses arising from dispositions are reported as income or expense. Maintenance and repair costs are charged to expense as incurred, and renewals and improvements that extend the useful lives of assets are capitalized.

        Pre-publication Costs—Certain expenses related to books, primarily comprised of design and other pre-production costs, are deferred and charged to expense over the estimated product life. These costs are primarily amortized over a four-year period following release of the applicable book, using an accelerated amortization method. During 2002 and 2001, the Company removed from its Balance Sheets fully amortized Pre-publication costs of approximately $2,012,000 and $2,895,000, respectively.

F-7



        Identified Intangible Assets—Identified intangible assets are amortized using the straight-line method over the following estimated useful lives:

Trademarks and tradenames   6-20 years
Publishing rights   7-20 years
Customer lists and relationships   10-20 years
Databases and content   5-20 years
Other identified intangibles   2-20 years

        Identified intangible assets represent the portion of purchase price paid in a business acquisition which has been allocated, based on independent appraisals or management's estimates, to the value of publication agreements, subscriber lists, databases, trademarks and acquired customer relationships, or similar assets. Beginning in January 2002, the Company ceased amortizing intangible assets with indefinite lives in accordance with SFAS No. 142, Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets. See Impact of Recent Accounting Pronouncements below for further details.

        Intangible assets that are being amortized are reviewed for impairment when indicators of impairment are identified. The Company reviews the carrying value of these intangible assets for impairment by measuring the carrying amount of the assets against the estimated undiscounted future cashflows associated with them on a periodic basis and whenever events or circumstances indicate that the carrying amounts may not be recoverable. If the Company determines that the carrying amount is impaired, the assets will be written down to fair value. Fair value is determined based on discounted cash flows or management's estimates, depending on the nature of the assets.

        Intangible assets not subject to amortization are reviewed for impairment annually, or more frequently if events or circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may be impaired. If the fair value of the intangible asset is less than its carrying value, an impairment loss would be recognized. Fair value is determined based on discounted cash flows or management's estimates, depending on the nature of the asset.

        Goodwill—Goodwill consists of the excess of cost over the value of identifiable net assets of businesses acquired under the purchase method of accounting. Through December 31, 2001, goodwill acquired prior to June 30, 2001 had been amortized on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives of 10-20 years. Beginning in January 2002, the Company ceased amortizing goodwill in accordance with SFAS No. 142, Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets. See Impact of Recent Accounting Pronouncements below for further details.

        The Company assesses the recoverability of goodwill by first determining whether the carrying value of all tangible and intangible assets of the applicable business exceed the current fair value of that business. If carrying values are determined to exceed fair value, the Company determines the amount of goodwill impairment based on the excess of the fair value of tangible and identifiable intangible assets in excess of the fair value of the business. The Company has historically used projected discounted future cash flows to determine fair values. The Company reviews the carrying value of goodwill for impairment annually, or more frequently, if events or circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may be impaired. Management bases its estimates of fair values on historical experience and on various assumptions, which are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances.

        Internal-Use Software—According to the provisions of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants (AICPA) Statement of Position (SOP) 98-1, Accounting for the Costs of Software Developed or Obtained for Internal Use and Emerging Issues Task Force 00-2, Accounting for Web Site Development Costs, certain costs incurred in the planning and development stage of internal use computer software projects and web sites have been expensed, while costs incurred during the application development stage have been capitalized. Capitalized software costs are amortized over estimated useful lives of

F-8



three to five years. Total net capitalized costs as of December 31, 2002 and 2001 were $2,633,000 and $2,623,000, respectively, and are included in Other assets.

        Investment in Unconsolidated Affiliate—The investment in an unconsolidated affiliate in which the Company has the ability to exercise significant influence over operating and financial policies, is accounted for by the equity method.

        In the third quarter of 2002, the Company determined that the value of its investment in GSI Office Management GmbH was impaired and recorded a charge to write-down the entire carrying amount of the investment (See Note 7—Investment in Unconsolidated Affiliate).

        Treasury Stock—Treasury stock purchases are accounted for under the cost method whereby the entire cost of the acquired stock is recorded as treasury stock. Gains and losses on the subsequent reissuance of shares, if any, will be credited or charged to capital in excess of par value using the average-cost method.

        Impairment of Long-Lived Assets and Goodwill—The Company periodically evaluates the recoverability of long-lived assets not held for sale by measuring the carrying amount of the assets against the estimated undiscounted future cash flows associated with them. The Company also reviews long-lived assets and the related intangible assets for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicated the carrying amounts of such assets may not be recoverable. If the Company determines, based on such measures, that the carrying amount is impaired, the assets will be written down to fair value. Fair value is determined based on discounted cash flows or management's estimates, depending on the nature of the assets. During 2000, the Company formed an alliance with Intellectual Property Technology Exchange, Inc. (Techex) to jointly develop and market products to address the online needs of the technology licensing industry. In the fourth quarter of 2000, the Company determined that the value of its investment in Techex was impaired due to the inability of Techex to generate significant revenues. As a result, the Company recorded a charge of $1,500,000 to reduce the carrying amount of the investment to estimated fair value. Additional impairment charges of $400,000 and $95,000 were recorded in the fourth quarters of 2001 and 2002, respectively.

        In the fourth quarter of 2002, the Company determined that the carrying value of Transcender's intangible assets and goodwill was impaired and recorded an impairment charge to reduce the carrying amount of these intangible assets and goodwill to estimated fair value (See Note 6—Impairment of Long-Lived Assets and Goodwill).

        Comprehensive Income—Comprehensive income includes net earnings and other comprehensive income. Other comprehensive income includes accumulated translation adjustments and accumulated net gains or losses on derivative instruments designated and qualifying as cash flows instruments.

        Foreign Currency Translation—The financial statements of the Company's foreign subsidiaries are translated from the local currency into United States (U.S.) dollars. Assets and liabilities are translated using current exchange rates, except certain accounts of subsidiaries whose functional currency is the U.S. dollar, and translation adjustments are accumulated in a separate component of stockholders' equity. Revenue and expenses are translated at average monthly exchange rates, and translation adjustments are charged and credited to income. Foreign exchange translation gains or losses were not material in any of the periods presented.

        Research and Development Costs—Research and development costs are charged to operations when incurred and are included in Selling, general and administrative expenses. The amounts incurred in 2002, 2001 and 2000 were approximately $6,600,000, $3,900,000 and $1,100,000, respectively.

        Revenue Recognition—The Company recognizes revenues principally upon shipment of products to the customer or when services are rendered. For products sold with the right of return, revenue is recognized net of a provision for estimated future returns. Subscription revenues are generally collected

F-9



in advance and are deferred and recognized as revenue in the period in which the product is shipped. Service contracts record revenue as earned. Revenue from annuity tax payment services is recognized in the period when the related annuity tax payments are made to various regulatory agencies. Revenue from maintenance contracts is recognized primarily over the term of the service contract.

        The Company recognizes revenue from software license agreements in accordance with the provisions of the AICPA SOP 97-2, Software Revenue Recognition as amended by SOP 98-4, Deferral of the Effective Date of a Provision of SOP 97-2, Software Revenue Recognition and SOP 98-9, Modification of SOP 97-2, Software Revenue Recognition, with Respect to Certain Transactions. Revenue is recognized from software license agreements when persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, delivery has occurred, the fee is fixed or determinable and collectibility is probable.

        In software arrangements that include rights to multiple software products, post-contract support and other services, the Company allocates the total arrangement fee among each deliverable based on the relative fair value of each of the deliverables. The fair value of the software license is determined based on vendor-specific objective evidence of the undelivered post-contract customer support and service elements in accordance with the provisions of SOP 98-9.

        Deferred Revenue—Deferred revenue includes (i) payments received for products not yet delivered, (ii) advance payments on contract revenues, (iii) payments received from subscriptions and (iv) that portion of separately sold software support agreements that has not yet been recognized as revenue. In connection with the acquisition of companies, the Company records deferred revenue at the cost to fulfill plus an applicable gross profit margin, rather than based on the subscription and advanced payments received.

        Income Taxes—Income taxes are calculated in accordance with SFAS No. 109, Accounting for Income Taxes. SFAS 109 requires the asset and liability method of accounting for income taxes. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based upon differences between financial reporting and tax bases of assets and liabilities and are measured using the enacted tax rates and laws that are expected to be in effect when the differences are expected to reverse. Recognition of deferred tax assets is limited to amounts considered by management to be more likely than not of realization in future periods.

        Stock-Based Compensation—The Company grants stock options for a fixed number of shares to employees with an exercise price equal to the fair value of the shares at the date of grant. The Company accounts for its stock option grants under the provisions of Accounting Principles Board (APB) Opinion No. 25, Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees, which utilizes the intrinsic value method. Since stock options are granted by the Company with exercise prices equal to the market price of the underlying stock at the date of grant, no compensation expense has been recognized.

        Had compensation cost for the Company's stock option plan been determined based on the fair value of the options at the dates of grant consistent with the requirements of SFAS No. 123, Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation, the Company's net (loss) income and (loss) earnings per share would

F-10



have been (increased) reduced to the pro forma amounts indicated below (in thousands, except per share data):

 
  Years Ended December 31,
 
  2002
  2001
  2000
  Net (loss) As reported   $ (13,724 ) $ 7,838   $ 7,092
  Deduct: Total stock-based employee expense determined under fair value based method for all awards, net of related tax effects     3,806     1,725     1,149
   
 
 
  Pro forma   $ (17,530 ) $ 6,113   $ 5,943
   
 
 
Basic (loss) earnings per common share:                  
  As reported   $ (0.63 ) $ 0.36   $ 0.34
   
 
 
  Pro forma   $ (0.81 ) $ 0.28   $ 0.29
   
 
 
Diluted (loss) earnings per common share:                  
  As reported   $ (0.63 ) $ 0.36   $ 0.34
   
 
 
  Pro forma   $ (0.81 ) $ 0.28   $ 0.29
   
 
 

        The effects on pro forma net (loss) income and (loss) earnings per share of expensing the estimated fair value of stock options are not necessarily representative of the effects on reported net (loss) income for future years due to such factors as the vesting period of the stock options and the potential for issuance of additional stock options in future years.

        The fair value of each option grant was estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option pricing model with the following weighted-average assumptions used:

 
  Years Ended December 31,
 
 
  2002
  2001
  2000
 
Risk free interest rate     2.5 %   4.7 %   6.4 %
Expected life of option grants (years)     5     5     5  
Expected volatility     67.02 %   66.40 %   75.45 %
Expected dividend yield     0     0     0  
Weighted average fair value   $ 16.14   $ 13.76   $ 21.63  

        Forward Contracts—A subsidiary of the Company uses forward exchange contracts to hedge foreign currency transaction exposures of its operations. Generally, this subsidiary purchases forward contracts over periods not to exceed six months. The forward contracts are designated as fair value hedges and deferred gains and losses are recognized in earnings when the underlying transactions are settled. As a matter of policy, the Company does not speculate in financial markets and, therefore, the Company does not hold financial instruments for trading purposes. The Company has established strict counterparty credit guidelines and enters into transactions only with financial institutions of investment grade or better. In addition, the Company routinely monitors counterparty exposures and reviews any downgrade in credit rating immediately.

        Computation of (Loss) Earnings Per Common Share—Basic (loss) earnings per common share is computed based on the weighted average outstanding common shares during the respective period. Diluted (loss) earnings per common share is computed based on the weighted average outstanding common shares and the effect of all dilutive potential common shares, such as stock options.

        Impact of Recent Accounting Pronouncements—In June 2001, the Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB") issued SFAS No. 141, Business Combinations, and SFAS No. 142, Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets, effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2001. Under the new rules,

F-11



goodwill and intangible assets deemed to have indefinite lives will no longer be amortized but will be subject to annual impairment tests in accordance with the guidance of the provisions of SFAS No. 142. Other intangible assets will continue to be amortized over their respective useful lives to their estimated residual values and reviewed for impairment in accordance with SFAS No. 144, Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets. The Company has adopted the provisions of SFAS No. 141 and SFAS No. 142 effective January 1, 2002.

        In August 2001, the FASB issued SFAS No. 144, Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets. This standard supercedes SFAS No. 121, Accounting for the Impairment of Long-Lived Assets and for Long-Lived Assets to Be Disposed Of. The standard retains the previously existing accounting requirements related to the recognition and measurement of the impairment of long-lived assets to be held and used while expanding the measurement requirements of long-lived assets to be disposed of by sale to include discontinued operations. It also expands on the previously existing reporting requirements for discontinued operations to include a component of an entity that either has been disposed of or is classified as held for sale. The Company has adopted SFAS No. 144 effective January 1, 2002. The adoption of this new statement did not have an impact on the Company's financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2002.

        In July 2002, the FASB issued SFAS No. 146, Accounting for Exit or Disposal Activities. This standard addresses issues regarding the recognition, measurement, and reporting of costs that are associated with exit and disposal activities, including restructuring activities that currently are accounted for pursuant to the guidance that the Emerging Issues Task Force set forth in Issue No. 94-3. The scope of SFAS No. 146 also includes (1) costs related to terminating a contract that is not a capital lease, (2) termination benefits that employees who are involuntarily terminated receive under the terms of a one-time benefit arrangement that is not an ongoing benefit arrangement or an individual deferred compensation contract and (3) costs to consolidate facilities or relocate employees. SFAS No. 146 is required to be effective for exit or disposal activities initiated after December 31, 2002.

        In December 2002, the FASB issued SFAS No. 148, Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation-Transition and Disclosure. SFAS No. 148 amends SFAS No. 123, Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation, to provide alternative methods of transition for a voluntary change to the fair value method of accounting for stock-based employee compensation. In addition, SFAS No. 148 amends the disclosure requirements of SFAS No. 123 to require prominent disclosure in both annual and interim financial statements about the method of accounting for stock-based employee compensation and the effect of the method used on reported results. The provisions of SFAS No. 148 are effective for financial statements for fiscal years and interim periods ending after December 15, 2002. The Company has adopted the disclosure provisions of SFAS No. 148, which did not require the Company to change to the fair value method of accounting for stock-based compensation.

        Use of Estimates—The preparation of the consolidated financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Management bases its estimates on historical experience and on various assumptions, which are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

        Reclassification—Certain prior year amounts have been reclassified for comparability purposes.

3.    ACQUISITIONS

        On May 9, 2002, the Company acquired substantially all of the assets of Aurigin Systems, Inc. (Aurigin) for cash consideration of approximately $14,043,000 including the assumption of certain liabilities. Aurigin provides intellectual property management systems used primarily by corporations to

F-12



search, analyze, annotate and group patent information, as well as proprietary corporate data. The purchase price was allocated to net tangible liabilities of $1,592,000, identified intangible assets of $1,600,000 and tax-deductible goodwill of $14,035,000. The Company has obtained an independent appraisal of the fair value of the identified intangible assets and their remaining useful lives (six years).

        On December 20, 2001, the Company completed a tender offer and acquired all of the outstanding common shares of Liquent, Inc. (Liquent) for cash consideration equal to $2.27 per share, or approximately $41,100,000. Liquent is a leading provider of software and service solutions that aid in content assembly and publishing for the life sciences industry. The purchase price was allocated to net tangible assets of $6,026,000, identified intangible assets of $6,790,000 and non-deductible goodwill of $25,875,000. The Company has obtained an independent appraisal of the fair value of the identified intangible assets and their remaining useful lives (six years). The Company also recorded a deferred income tax asset as a result of Liquent's net operating loss carryforwards of $5,010,000, offset by a deferred income tax liability as a result of the gross up of acquired intangible assets in the amount of $2,565,000. During 2002, the Company recorded certain adjustments to the preliminary purchase accounting estimates recorded in 2001. These adjustments, reflecting an increase in assumed liabilities, resulted in an increase to goodwill of $900,000 in 2002.

        On May 15, 2001, the Company acquired the stock of Parthenon Publishing Group (Parthenon), for cash consideration of approximately $8,300,000. Parthenon, based in the United Kingdom, is a leading provider of medical and environmental reference products, including books, journals and medical communications services. The purchase price was allocated to net tangible assets of $78,000, identified intangible assets of $5,599,000 and goodwill of $4,226,000. The Company also recorded a deferred income tax liability as a result of the gross up of acquired intangible assets in the amount of $1,559,000.

        On March 29, 2001, the Company acquired the IDRAC business of IMS Health and entered into multiple perpetual agreements with IMS Health and certain affiliates, for aggregate cash consideration of approximately $20,400,000. IDRAC, based in France, is a leading provider to pharmaceutical companies worldwide of regulatory and intellectual property information related to pharmaceutical product registrations. The purchase price was allocated to net liabilities assumed of $2,974,000, identified intangible assets of $15,000,000 and goodwill of $13,609,000. The Company also recorded a deferred income tax liability as a result of the gross up of acquired intangible assets in the amount of $5,256,000. The Company has obtained an independent appraisal of the fair value of the identified intangible assets and their remaining useful lives.

        On November 6, 2000, the Company acquired all of the assets of Transcender Corporation (Transcender) for cash consideration of approximately $60,000,000. Transcender is a leading provider of on-line IT certification products. Transcender develops content and related software distributed over the Internet and in other electronic media to information technology professionals seeking certification in numerous product areas and programming languages. The purchase price was allocated to net liabilities assumed of $1,654,000, identified intangible assets of $15,300,000 and goodwill of $46,354,000. Assets acquired and liabilities assumed have been recorded at their estimated fair values and useful lives based on an independent appraisal of the fair values of the identified intangible assets and their remaining useful lives. During 2002, the Company recorded an impairment charge related to certain intangible assets (See Note 6—Impairment of Long-Lived Assets and Goodwill).

        All acquisitions have been accounted for using the purchase method of accounting and, accordingly, the results of their operations have been included in the Company's results of operations from their respective dates of acquisition.

F-13


        The following unaudited pro forma information presents the results of operations of the Company as if the 2002 acquisition of Aurigin had taken place on January 1, 2001, and as if the 2001 acquisitions of IDRAC and Liquent and the 2000 acquisition of Transcender had taken place as of January 1, 2000 (in thousands, except per share data):

 
  Years Ended December 31,
 
 
  2002
  2001
  2000
 
Revenues   $ 143,847   $ 135,350   $ 120,613  
   
 
 
 
Net loss   $ (13,867 ) $ (4,702 ) $ (7,312 )
   
 
 
 
Basic loss per common share   $ (0.64 ) $ (0.22 ) $ (0.36 )
   
 
 
 
Diluted loss per common share   $ (0.64 ) $ (0.22 ) $ (0.36 )
   
 
 
 

        These pro forma results of operations have been prepared for comparative purposes only and do not purport to be indicative of the operating results that would have occurred had the acquisitions been consummated as of the above date, nor are they necessarily indicative of future operating results.

4.    PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT

        Property and equipment (at cost) consisted of the following (in thousands):

 
  December 31,
2002

  December 31,
2001

Buildings   $ 2,344   $ 2,344
Furniture and equipment     2,580     2,713
Computer equipment     12,768     11,581
Leasehold improvements     1,786     1,645
   
 
      19,478     18,283
Less accumulated depreciation and amortization     11,532     8,415
   
 
    $ 7,946   $ 9,868
   
 

F-14


5.    GOODWILL AND IDENTIFIED INTANGIBLE ASSETS

        The Company adopted SFAS No. 142, Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets. Under SFAS No. 142, goodwill and intangible assets with indefinite lives are no longer amortized but are reviewed at least annually, or more frequently if impairment indicators arise.

        During the year ended December 31, 2001, the Company began the required transitional impairment review of goodwill and intangible assets with indefinite lives. This review required the Company to estimate the fair value of its identified reporting units as of December 31, 2001. For each of the reporting units, the estimated fair value was determined utilizing the expected present value of the future cash flows of the units. In all instances, the estimated fair value of the reporting units exceeded their respective book values, and therefore no write-down of goodwill or intangible assets with indefinite lives was required as of January 1, 2002. In addition, as of January 1, 2002, the Company ceased the amortization of goodwill and intangible assets with indefinite lives and reclassified the December 31, 2001 carrying value of its assembled workforce acquired intangible assets included in other identified intangibles to goodwill.

        In the fourth quarter of 2002, the Company performed an impairment review and determined that the carrying values of goodwill and certain identified intangible assets of its Transcender unit were impaired. As a result, the Company recorded an impairment charge to reduce the carrying amount of these intangible assets to estimated fair value. All information included in this note and for the period ended December 31, 2002 reflects the impact of the Transcender impairment charge (See Note 6—Impairment of Long-Lived Assets and Goodwill).

        The following unaudited reconciliation presents pro forma net income, basic and diluted EPS as if SFAS No. 142 had been adopted on January 1, 2000, is as follows:

 
  Years Ended December 31,
 
  2001
  2000
(In thousands, except per share data)

   
Reported net income   $ 7,838   $ 7,092
  Adjustment for goodwill amortization, net of tax     3,483     848
  Adjustment for trademark and tradename amortization, net of tax     310     310
   
 
Pro forma net income   $ 11,631     8,250
   
 
Basic earnings per common share:            
  As reported   $ 0.36   $ 0.34
   
 
  Pro forma   $ 0.54   $ 0.40
   
 
Diluted earnings per common share:            
  As reported   $ 0.36   $ 0.34
   
 
  Pro forma   $ 0.53   $ 0.40
   
 

        Identified intangible assets and goodwill subject to amortization consisted of the following (in thousands):

 
  December 31, 2002
 
  Gross
Carrying
Amount

  Accumulated
Amortization

  Net
Balance

  Amortization
Period
(Years)

Trademarks and tradenames   $ 9,285   $ 1,552   $ 7,733   6-20
Publishing rights     23,946     5,972     17,974   7-20
Customer lists and relationships     46,548     10,910     35,638   10-20
Databases and content     19,430     3,681     15,749   5-20
Other identified intangibles     11,715     2,989     8,726   2-20
   
 
 
   
    $ 110,924   $ 25,104   $ 85,820    
   
 
 
   

F-15



 


 

December 31, 2001

 
  Gross
Carrying
Amount

  Accumulated
Amortization

  Net
Balance

  Amortization
Period
(Years)

Trademarks and tradenames   $ 21,129   $ 2,792   $ 18,337   6-20
Publishing rights     23,572     4,611     18,961   7-20
Customer lists and relationships     46,548     7,039     39,509   10-20
Databases and content     27,400     4,479     22,921   5-20
Other identified intangibles     20,531     8,796     11,735   2-20
   
 
 
   
      139,180     27,717     111,463    
Goodwill subject to amortization     82,367     6,624     75,743   10-20
   
 
 
   
    $ 221,547   $ 34,341   $ 187,206    
   
 
 
   

        Total amortization expense of goodwill and identified intangible assets amounted to $11,078,000 and $15,252,000 for the years ended December 31, 2002 and 2001, respectively. Included in these totals was recognized goodwill amortization of $0 and $5,002,000 for 2002 and 2001, respectively.

        During 2002, the Company removed from its Balance Sheet fully amortized Other identified intangibles with a cost of approximately $7,300,000 primarily related to intangible assets of the Company's MicroPatent unit.

        Also during 2002, the carrying value of certain identified intangible assets of Transcender was reduced by approximately $5,400,000 related to the impairment charge.

        Identified intangible assets and goodwill not subject to amortization consisted of the following (in thousands):

 
  December 31, 2002
 
  Gross Carrying
Amount

  Accumulated
Amortization

  Net Balance
Trademarks and tradenames   $ 10,000   $ 1,193   $ 8,807
Goodwill     92,311     3,344     88,967
   
 
 
    $ 102,311   $ 4,537   $ 97,774
   
 
 
 
  December 31, 2001
 
  Gross Carrying
Amount

  Accumulated
Amortization

  Net Balance
Goodwill   $ 26,923   $   $ 26,923
   
 
 

F-16


        During 2002, the carrying value of Transcender goodwill was reduced by approximately $30,800,000 related to the impairment charge.

        Annual pretax amortization for identified intangible assets over the next five years is estimated to be as follows (in thousands):

Year ending December 31,      
  2003   $ 9,724
  2004   $ 9,308
  2005   $ 9,148
  2006   $ 8,806
  2007   $ 8,678

        The following table summarizes the change in the carrying amount of goodwill for the periods indicated (in thousands):

 
  Years Ended December 31,
 
 
  2002
  2001
 
Beginning balance   $ 102,666   $ 61,272  
  Net change from acquisitions     15,307     46,729  
  Amortization expense         (5,002 )
  Reclassification of assembled workforce, net     1,834      
  Impairment write-down     (30,800 )    
  Other     (40 )   (333 )
   
 
 
Total   $ 88,967   $ 102,666  
   
 
 

6.    IMPAIRMENT OF LONG-LIVED ASSETS AND GOODWILL

        The Company periodically evaluates the recoverability of long-lived assets not held for sale by measuring the carrying amount of the assets against their current fair values. If the Company determines, based on such measures, that the carrying amount is impaired, the asset will be written down to its recoverable value with a corresponding charge to earnings.

        During the fourth quarter of 2002, the Company recorded a pre-tax impairment charge of approximately $36.2 million related to the carrying value of goodwill and other intangible assets in its Transcender business. Operating profits and cash flows at Transcender have been adversely impacted by difficult market conditions in the overall IT market and unfavorable product release cycles in the IT certification market.

        The impairment charges at Transcender include a write-down of goodwill of approximately $30.8 million, based on the estimated fair value of goodwill calculated in accordance with SFAS No. 142. The Company also recorded an impairment charge of approximately $5.4 million in the carrying value of certain identified intangible assets of Transcender, based on the estimated fair value of the intangible assets calculated in accordance with SFAS No. 144. The fair values of goodwill and other intangible assets at Transcender were estimated based on the expected present value of future cash flows.

7.    INVESTMENT IN UNCONSOLIDATED AFFILIATE

        On May 3, 2001, the Company completed the acquisition of a 49% interest in GSI Office Management GmbH (GSI) for cash consideration of approximately $3,400,000, with an option to acquire the remaining 51% interest after three years. GSI, based in Germany, provides intellectual property management software. At December 31, 2001, the investment in GSI was included in Other assets. During the third quarter of 2002, the Company concluded that its investment in GSI was impaired due to the inability of GSI to generate significant revenues. The evaluation of the recoverability of long-lived assets to be held and used is based on comparing the carrying value of the asset to its fair value. Based on fair value estimates, the Company recorded a charge of $3,063,000 to write down the carrying amount of the investment to $0.

F-17



8.    REVOLVING CREDIT FACILITY

        On March 4, 2003, the Company voluntarily terminated the following described Credit Facility, which existed at December 31, 2002 (See Note 18—Subsequent Events).

        On September 24, 1999, the Company entered into a seven-year revolving credit facility in an amount not to exceed $50,000,000 initially, including a $10,000,000 sub-limit for the issuance of standby letters of credit (the Credit Facility). Under the terms of the Credit Facility, total commitments were permanently reduced to $45,000,000 at the end of the third year. Total commitments would be reduced further to $37,500,000 at the end of the fourth year, $25,000,000 at the end of the fifth year and $12,500,000 at the end of the sixth year. The proceeds from the Credit Facility were to be used to fund acquisitions, to meet short-term working capital needs and for general corporate purposes.

        Borrowings under the Credit Facility bore interest at either the higher of the bank's prime rate and one-half of 1% in excess of the overnight federal funds rate plus a margin of 0.50% to 1.25% or the Eurodollar Rate plus a margin of 1.5% to 2.25%, depending on the Company's ratio of indebtedness to earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization. The Company also paid a commitment fee of 0.375% on the unused portion of the Credit Facility. As of and for the periods ended December 31, 2002 and 2001, the Company had no outstanding borrowings under the Credit Facility.

        Under the terms of the Credit Facility, the Company was required to maintain certain financial ratios related to fixed charge coverage, leverage and interest coverage, in addition to certain other covenants. As of September 30, 2002, the last period for which covenant calculations were required prior to termination of the Credit Facility, the Company was in compliance with all covenants. The Credit Facility was secured by a first priority perfected pledge of all notes and capital stock owned by the Company's subsidiaries and a first priority perfected security interest in all other assets of the Company and its subsidiaries, subject to certain exceptions. Obligations under the Credit Facility were guaranteed by the Company and its subsidiaries. The Credit Facility also prohibited the Company from incurring certain additional indebtedness, limited certain investments, mergers or consolidations and restricts substantial asset sales, and dividends.

9.    INCOME TAXES

        A summary of the source of (loss) income before taxes is as follows (in thousands):

 
  Years Ended December 31,
 
  2002
  2001
  2000
Domestic   $ (24,696 ) $ 13,223   $ 12,345
Foreign     1,745     (74 )  
   
 
 
    $ (22,951 ) $ 13,149   $ 12,345
   
 
 

        The (Benefit from) provision for income taxes consisted of the following (in thousands):

 
  Years Ended December 31,
 
 
  2002
  2001
  2000
 
Current:                    
  Federal   $ 5,443   $ 6,245   $ 6,133  
  State     765     960     922  
  Foreign     815     974      
Deferred:                    
  Federal     (13,810 )   (1,858 )   (1,626 )
  State     (1,914 )   (196 )   (176 )
  Foreign     (526 )   (814 )    
   
 
 
 
    $ (9,227 ) $ 5,311   $ 5,253  
   
 
 
 

F-18


        The following represents a reconciliation between the actual (Benefit from) provision for income taxes and income taxes computed by applying the statutory federal income tax rate (35%) to income before income taxes:

 
  Years Ended December 31,
 
  2002
  2001
  2000
Federal statutory rate   $ (8,033 ) $ 4,601   $ 4,321
State and local taxes, net of federal tax benefits     (747 )   360     508
Goodwill amortization not deductible for tax purposes         394     393
Permanent items     (168 )   91     31
Change in valuation allowance         (32 )  
Other, net     (279 )   (103 )  
   
 
 
    $ (9,227 ) $ 5,311   $ 5,253
   
 
 

        Deferred income tax assets (liabilities) result from reporting income and expenses in different periods for tax and financial reporting purposes. Significant components of the Company's deferred tax assets and liabilities are as follows (in thousands):

 
  December 31,
2002

  December 31,
2001

 
Current deferred tax assets:              
  Allowance for accounts receivable   $ 1,553   $ 1,282  
  Inventory     1,676     1,195  
  Other, net     1,360     946  
   
 
 
Net current deferred tax assets   $ 4,589   $ 3,423  
   
 
 
Non-current deferred tax assets:              
  Investment write-down   $ 14,928   $ 727  
  Lease obligation     666     806  
  Net operating loss carryforwards     5,082     5,890  
  Other     2,663     1,144  
   
 
 
      23,339     8,567  
  Less valuation allowance     2,252     2,252  
   
 
 
      21,087     6,315  
   
 
 
Non-current deferred tax liabilities:              
  Intangible assets     (20,465 )   (21,548 )
  Capitalized software     (993 )   (817 )
  Other     (856 )   (776 )
   
 
 
      (22,314 )   (23,141 )
   
 
 
Total long-term net deferred tax liabilities   $ (1,227 ) $ (16,826 )
   
 
 
Net deferred tax assets (liabilities)   $ 3,362   $ (13,403 )
   
 
 

        The increase in the non-current deferred tax asset for the investment write-down was due to an impairment charge of $36.2 million in the carrying value of Transcender intangible assets. At December 31, 2002, the Company had net operating loss carryforwards of approximately $9,244,000, which were available to offset future federal taxable income, if any, through 2020. During 2002, the Company utilized approximately $2,000,000 of federal net operating loss carryforwards. The Company also had net operating loss carryforwards of approximately $5,216,000 available to offset future taxable income in foreign jurisdictions.

        The valuation allowance at acquisition of Liquent was approximately $2,252,000. There was no change in the valuation allowance for the year ended December 31, 2002. A valuation allowance has been provided on certain of the Company's deferred tax assets due to the uncertainty regarding their realizability. Annually, management evaluates the recoverability of the deferred tax assets and the level of the valuation allowance.

F-19



At such time as it is determined that it is more likely than not that deferred tax assets are realizable the valuation allowance will be reduced.

        At December 31, 2002, the Company, as a result of the acquisition of Liquent, also has research credit carryforwards of approximately $822,000, which will begin to expire in 2012.

        The Company's income taxes payable for federal and state purposes have been reduced by the tax benefits associated with the exercise of stock options. These benefits were credited to stockholders' equity and amounted to $329,000 in 2002 and $1,166,000 in 2001, respectively.

10.    1998 STOCK OPTION PLAN

        The Company's 1998 Stock Option Plan (the Plan), provides for the granting of nonqualified options to purchase not more than an aggregate of 2,466,886 shares of the Company's common stock. All directors and full-time employees of the Company are eligible to participate in the Plan. Each option granted pursuant to the Plan must provide for an exercise price per share that is at least equal to the fair market value per share of the Company's common stock on the date of grant. Options granted under the Plan are exercisable no earlier than one-year and no later than ten years from the grant date and vest in 25% increments over a four-year period from the date of grant. The exercise price of each option, the period during which each option may be exercised and the other terms and conditions of each option are determined by the Board of Directors. Options that have been granted to the Company's independent directors and certain executive officers have accelerated vesting schedules and exercisable lives.

        A summary of stock option transactions under the Plan for the years ended December 31, 2000, 2001 and 2002 is as follows:

 
  Shares
  Weighted Average
Exercise Price

Outstanding at December 31, 1999   600,052   $ 13.26
   
 
  Granted   501,408     32.67
  Exercised   (158,420 )   12.11
  Canceled or Lapsed   (46,871 )   16.75
   
 
Outstanding at December 31, 2000   896,169     24.14
   
 
  Granted   596,395     23.14
  Exercised   (146,082 )   13.72
  Canceled or Lapsed   (272,473 )   33.74
   
 
Outstanding at December 31, 2001   1,074,009     22.57
   
 
  Granted   380,342     28.09
  Exercised   (57,625 )   13.65
  Canceled or Lapsed   (129,735 )   25.63
   
 
Outstanding at December 31, 2002   1,266,991   $ 24.32
   
 
Shares exercisable at December 31, 2000   251,115   $ 12.82
Shares exercisable at December 31, 2001   276,185   $ 18.41
Shares exercisable at December 31, 2002   497,712   $ 21.53

        The following table summarizes information about stock options outstanding and options exercisable at December 31, 2002:

Range of Exercise Prices

  Number Outstanding
  Weighted Avg. Remaining Contractual Life
  Weighted Average Exercise Price
  Number Exercisable
  Weighted Average Exercisable
$12.00-$16.60   172,681   5.2 years   $ 12.53   138,912   $ 12.02
$17.94-$22.55   381,837   8.6 years     20.62   165,627     20.67
$24.55-$27.81   276,100   8.1 years     26.08   109,700     26.05
$28.02-$33.75   436,373   8.9 years     31.11   83,473     33.11
   
 
 
 
 
$12.00-$33.75   1,266,991   8.1 years   $ 24.32   497,712   $ 21.53
   
 
 
 
 

F-20


        At December 31, 2002, 2001 and 2000, the total number of available shares eligible to be granted under the Plan was 827,407, 578,014 and 301,936, respectively.

11.    (LOSS) EARNINGS PER SHARE

        The following table sets forth the computation of basic and diluted (loss) earnings per common share for the period indicated.

 
  Years Ended December 31,
 
  2002
  2001
  2000
(In thousands, except per share data)

   
Basic:                  
  Net (loss) income   $ (13,724 ) $ 7,838   $ 7,092
  Average common shares outstanding     21,735     21,686     20,583
   
 
 
Basic (loss) earnings per share   $ (0.63 ) $ 0.36   $ 0.34
   
 
 
Diluted:                  
  Net (loss) income   $ (13,724 ) $ 7,838   $ 7,092
   
 
 
  Average common shares outstanding     21,735     21,686     20,583
  Net effect of dilutive stock options—based on the treasury stock method         140     239
   
 
 
Total     21,735     21,826     20,822
   
 
 
Diluted (loss) earnings per share   $ (0.63 ) $ 0.36   $ 0.34
   
 
 

        In fiscal 2002, 2001 and 2000, 1,226,991, 345,268 and 351,448 stock options, respectively were excluded from the computation of diluted earnings per common share due to their antidilutive effect.

12.    TREASURY STOCK

        On October 28, 2002, the Company announced that its Board of Directors authorized the Company to repurchase up to $30,000,000 of its common stock. The purchases may be made from time to time on the open market or in negotiated transactions in compliance with Rule 10b-18 of the Securities and Exchange Commission. The authorization to repurchase the Company's common stock will remain in effect until the Company's Chief Executive Officer deems it appropriate to terminate the repurchase program. Treasury stock purchases are accounted for under the cost method whereby the entire cost of the acquired stock is recorded as treasury stock. As of December 31, 2002, the Company repurchased a total of 381,900 shares of common stock pursuant to the repurchase authorization at a total cost of $5,227,000.

F-21


13.    COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

        Lease Commitments—The Company primarily leases office and warehouse space, and office and computer equipment. The leases generally provide for the lessee to pay taxes, maintenance, insurance and certain other operating costs of the leased property, and certain leases include escalation clauses.

        The future noncancelable minimum lease payments under operating leases and under capital leases including estimated escalation amounts as of December 31, 2002 are as follows (in thousands):

 
  Operating
Leases

  Capital
Leases

  Year ending December 31,            
    2003   $ 3,929   $ 710
    2004     3,073     636
    2005     2,564     591
    2006     1,627     354
    2007     1,312    
    Thereafter     1,317    
   
 
  Total minimum lease payments   $ 13,822     2,291
   
 
Less amount representing unamortized interest           332
         
Present value of net minimum lease payments           1,959
Less current maturities           553
         
Long term obligation         $ 1,406
         

        Assets recorded under capital leases and the related depreciation are included in Property and equipment as follows (in thousands):

 
  December 31,
2002

  December 31,
2001

Buildings   $ 2,344   $ 2,344
Computer equipment     420     420
   
 
      2,764     2,764
Less accumulated depreciation     1,691     1,316
   
 
    $ 1,073   $ 1,448
   
 

        Rental expense for property and equipment under noncancelable operating lease agreements amounted to approximately $4,354,000, $2,724,000 and $1,706,000 for each of the years ended December 31, 2002, 2001 and 2000, respectively. The significant increase in rental expense in fiscal 2002 over amounts incurred in the prior years reflects the addition of lease obligations as a result of acquisitions.

        Legal Proceedings—On December 5, 2002 Venturetek, L.P., Richard Elkin, Antoine Bernheim, Stacy Bernheim and Genstar, Ltd., derivatively as shareholders of Rand Publishing Co., Inc. ("Rand") and individually, on their own behalf (the "Plaintiffs") filed a complaint in the Supreme Court of the State of New York against IHI (the "IHI Action"). The complaint alleges that IHI's predecessor, Information Ventures LLC, fraudulently acquired assets or businesses, including businesses acquired prior to the Company's initial public offering in August 1998, that were corporate opportunities of Rand. The complaint also alleges that IHI's taking of the assets or businesses constitutes a "conversion." The Plaintiffs request that all of the IHI shares and options be held in constructive trust for the benefit of the Plaintiffs. The Plaintiffs also seek damages in an amount of approximately

F-22


$750 million. IHI believes that each of the claims in the complaint is without merit and filed a motion to dismiss the complaint on February 14, 2003. IHI's motion to dismiss states that the complaint fails to state a cause of action against IHI and, even if it does, the claims are barred under the applicable statutes of limitation or on account of the Plaintiffs' laches.

        The Company's President and Chief Executive Officer, Mason P. Slaine, and Michael E. Danziger, a member of the Company's board of directors, are named as defendants in a related action entitled Venturetek, L.P., et al. v. Rand Publishing Co., Inc., et al., also currently pending in the Supreme Court of the State of New York (the "Rand Action"). As in the IHI Action, the Plaintiffs in the Rand Action, proceeding derivatively on behalf of Rand, allege that certain assets or businesses acquired by IHI, including businesses acquired prior to the Company's initial public offering in August 1998, were corporate opportunities usurped from Rand. Plaintiffs allege that Slaine and Danziger breached fiduciary duties allegedly owing to Rand by allowing IHI's predecessor, Information Ventures LLC, to acquire those businesses. Plaintiffs seek, among other remedies, the imposition of a constructive trust over Slaine's and Danziger's shares of IHI as well as compensatory damages against Slaine and Danziger in an amount alleged to be in excess of $150 million.

        From time to time, the Company is a party to other lawsuits and administrative proceedings that arise in the conduct of its business. While the outcome of these lawsuits and proceedings cannot be predicted with certainty, management believes that, if adversely determined, the lawsuits and proceedings, either singularly or in the aggregate, would not have a material adverse effect on the financial condition, results of operations, or net cash flows of the Company.

14.    EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN

        The Company sponsors a defined contribution 401(k) savings plan (the 401(k) Plan). Employees are eligible to participate in the 401(k) Plan upon the attainment of age 21 and the completion of six months of employment with the Company. Acquired businesses that previously offered a 401(k) plan to their employees and qualify as an adopting employer will receive prior service credit in determining eligibility and vesting in the 401(k) Plan. Participants may make pre-tax contributions subject to Internal Revenue Service limitations. The Company, via its subsidiaries, matches 50% of an employee's contribution up to a maximum of 6% of eligible compensation. In addition, at its discretion, the Company may make additional contributions to the 401(k) Plan; no such contributions were made in fiscal years 2002, 2001, and 2000, respectively. Participant contributions and earnings thereon vest immediately. Matching contributions and earnings thereon vest in equal amounts over a three-year period. Nonvested balances are forfeited and used to offset future Plan expenses.

        The Company's contributions under these plans for each of the three years ended December 31, 2002, 2001, and 2000 were approximately $749,000, $478,000 and $320,000, respectively. The significant increases in fiscal 2002 and 2001 over amounts contributed in the prior years reflects the addition of employees as a result of acquisitions.

        The Company also has separate foreign employee benefit plans. The amounts involved are not material.

F-23


15.    SEGMENT INFORMATION

        Operating segments are defined as components of an enterprise for which separate financial information is available and regularly reviewed by the Company's senior management. The Company evaluates performance based on earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization (EBITDA) of the respective business units. The accounting policies of the operating segments are the same as those described in the summary of significant accounting policies.

        The Company has three reportable segments: intellectual property, scientific and technology information and information technology learning. The intellectual property segment, which includes MicroPatent, MDC, Liquent and IDRAC, provides a broad array of databases, information products and complementary services for intellectual property and regulatory professionals. The scientific and technology information segment is CRC Press, which publishes professional and academic books, journals, newsletters and electronic databases covering areas such as life sciences, environmental sciences, engineering, mathematics, physical sciences and business. The information technology-learning segment was created in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2000 as a result of the Company's strategic acquisition of Transcender. Transcender is a leading online provider of IT certification test-preparation products. Other includes unallocated corporate items. Corporate assets consist principally of cash and equivalents, deferred income taxes and current income taxes receivable.

        The following tables set forth the information for the Company's reportable segments based on the nature of the products and services offered for the periods indicated (in thousands):

 
  Years Ended December 31,
 
 
  2002
  2001
  2000
 
REVENUES FROM EXTERNAL CUSTOMERS:                    
  Intellectual property   $ 77,952   $ 41,565   $ 30,228  
  Scientific and technology information     52,053     42,424     38,984  
  Information technology learning     11,762     21,347     4,077  
   
 
 
 
    $ 141,767   $ 105,336   $ 73,289  
   
 
 
 
EBITDA:                    
  Intellectual property   $ 21,142   $ 15,423   $ 7,839  
  Scientific and technology information     13,401     8,527     10,262  
  Information technology learning     (32,983 )   10,376     1,760  
  Other     (4,527 )   (3,099 )   (2,480 )
   
 
 
 
    $ (2,967 ) $ 31,227   $ 17,381  
   
 
 
 
(LOSS) INCOME FROM OPERATIONS:                    
  Intellectual property   $ 10,269   $ 5,890   $ 1,072  
  Scientific and technology information     6,914     3,071     5,967  
  Information technology learning     (36,065 )   3,815     790  
  Other     (4,547 )   (3,116 )   (2,491 )
   
 
 
 
    $ (23,429 ) $ 9,660   $ 5,338  
   
 
 
 

F-24



 


 

Years Ended December 31,

 
  2002
  2001
  2000
SEGMENT ASSETS:                  
  Intellectual property   $ 201,617   $ 191,291   $ 96,904
  Scientific and technology information     62,728     58,216     42,825
  Information technology learning     17,661     57,334     66,147
  Other     46,831     39,716     105,120
   
 
 
    $ 328,837   $ 346,557   $ 310,996
   
 
 
DEPRECIATION AND AMORTIZATION:(1)                  
  Intellectual property   $ 10,868   $ 9,552   $ 6,769
  Scientific and technology information     6,487     5,456     4,290
  Information technology learning     3,082     6,558     971
  Other     20     17     11
   
 
 
    $ 20,457   $ 21,583   $ 12,041
   
 
 
CAPITAL EXPENDITURES:(2)                  
  Intellectual property   $ 2,046   $ 2,290   $ 2,263
  Scientific and technology information     4,935     3,920     3,464
  Information technology learning     151     793     64
  Other     16     11     29
   
 
 
    $ 7,148   $ 7,014   $ 5,820
   
 
 

(1)
Depreciation and amortization includes $3,516,000, $2,814,000, and $2,297,000 of amortization of pre-publication costs and capitalized software, classified as Cost of sales for the years ended December 31, 2002, 2001, and 2000, respectively.

(2)
Includes purchases of property and equipment and investments in pre-publication costs.

        The Company evaluates the performance of its segments based primarily on revenues and EBITDA. The Company believes that EBITDA is the most useful measure of segment earnings because it more closely approximates the cash generating ability of the segments compared to (loss) income from operations. (Loss) income from operations includes charges for depreciation and amortization, the majority of which relate to amortization of intangible assets. The Company generally does not incur capital expenditures to replace intangible assets within existing operations. A reconciliation of EBITDA to (loss) income from operations for each segment follows (in thousands):

 
  Years Ended December 31,
 
 
  2002
  2001
  2000
 
Intellectual Property                    
  EBITDA   $ 21,142   $ 15,423   $ 7,839  
  Amortization of capitalized software     (57 )        
  Depreciation and amortization     (10,811 )   (9,552 )   (6,769 )
  Other     (5 )   19     2  
   
 
 
 
  Income from operations   $ 10,269   $ 5,890   $ 1,072  
   
 
 
 

F-25



 


 

Years Ended December 31,


 
 
  2002
  2001
  2000
 
Scientific and technology information                    
  EBITDA   $ 13,401   $ 8,527   $ 10,262  
  Amortization of pre-publication costs     (3,385 )   (2,814 )   (2,297 )
  Depreciation and amortization     (3,102 )   (2,642 )   (1,993 )
  Other             (5 )
   
 
 
 
  Income from operations   $ 6,914   $ 3,071   $ 5,967  
   
 
 
 
Information technology learning                    
  EBITDA   $ (32,983 ) $ 10,376   $ 1,760  
  Amortization of capitalized software     (74 )        
  Depreciation and amortization     (3,008 )   (6,558 )   (971 )
  Other         (3 )   1  
   
 
 
 
  (Loss) income from operations   $ (36,065 ) $ 3,815   $ 790  
   
 
 
 
Other                    
  EBITDA   $ (4,527 ) $ (3,099 ) $ (2,480 )
  Depreciation and amortization     (20 )   (17 )   (11 )
   
 
 
 
  (Loss) from operations   $ (4,547 ) $ (3,116 ) $ (2,491 )
   
 
 
 

        The following table presents revenues by geographic location (in thousands):

 
  Years Ended December 31,
 
  2002
  2001
  2000
United States   $ 102,004   $ 79,971   $ 59,461
Europe     26,171     14,800     5,824
Other     13,592     10,565     8,004
   
 
 
    $ 141,767   $ 105,336   $ 73,289
   
 
 

        The following table presents long-lived assets by geographic location (in thousands):

 
  December 31,
2002

  December 31,
2001

United States   $ 165,204   $ 196,689
Europe     26,336     27,308
   
 
    $ 191,540   $ 223,997
   
 

16.    COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

        The following table is a reconciliation of the Company's net (loss) income to comprehensive (loss) income (in thousands):

 
  Years Ended December 31,
 
  2002
  2001
  2000
Net (loss) income   $ (13,724 ) $ 7,838   $ 7,092
Other comprehensive income:                  
  Foreign currency translation adjustment     626        
   
 
 
Comprehensive (loss) income   $ (13,098 ) $ 7,838   $ 7,092
   
 
 

F-26


17.    FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS AND OFF BALANCE SHEET RISK

        Concentration of credit risk—Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to credit risks consists principally of trade accounts receivable and short-term investments.

        The Company had amounts receivable from four customers representing 9% of accounts receivable and five customers representing 15% of accounts receivable at December 31, 2002 and 2001, respectively. No single customer accounted for an amount equal to or greater than 10% of the Company's trade receivables. Overall, the Company believes the concentration of credit risk in its trade accounts receivables is substantially mitigated by the Company's ongoing credit evaluation process and due to the large number of customers comprising the Company's customer base. The Company does not generally require collateral from customers. The Company evaluates the need for an allowance for doubtful accounts based upon factors surrounding the credit risk of specific customers, historical trends and other information.

        The Company invests its excess cash in high quality short-term liquid money market instruments and commercial paper. The Company has a policy of making investments only with institutions that have at least an "A" credit rating from a national rating agency. The investments generally mature within six months. The Company has not incurred losses related to these investments.

        The Company maintains its cash in demand deposit accounts, which at times may exceed the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC) insurance limits. As of December 31, 2002, the Company had approximately $26,914,000 of cash in excess of FDIC insurance limits. The Company believes that the risk of any loss is minimal based on the financial condition of the institutions in which the funds are deposited.

        Fair value of financial instruments—The carrying amounts of cash and equivalents, short-term investments, accounts receivable and accounts payable reported in the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets approximates fair value because of the short-term maturity of these instruments.

        The carrying value of the Company's borrowings under its capitalized lease obligations approximates fair value based on quoted market prices for the same or similar instruments and was not material as of December 31, 2002.

        The fair value of the Company's forward contracts is estimated based on quoted market prices of comparable contracts.

        Off Balance Sheet Risk—A subsidiary of the Company routinely enters into forward contracts to acquire various international currencies in an effort to hedge foreign currency transaction exposures of its operations. Such forward contracts have been designated as hedges for future annual patent payments to related international regulatory agencies. At December 31, 2002, the subsidiary of the Company had entered into forward contracts to acquire various international currencies, all having maturities of less than six months, aggregating approximately $16,400,000. Realized gains and losses relating to the forward contracts were immaterial for the years ended December 31, 2002, 2001 and 2000.

F-27


18.    SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

        On February 28, 2003 the Company announced that it had reached a definitive agreement to sell its CRC Press business. Under the terms of the agreement, the Company will sell effectively all assets of CRC Press and its subsidiaries (together, CRC Press), excluding cash and intercompany obligations, for cash consideration of approximately $95 million. The buyers in the transaction will also assume normal operating liabilities of CRC Press. The Company expects the transaction to be completed during the second quarter of 2003. Because the criteria for assets to be held for sale were met subsequent to the balance sheet date of December 31, 2002, the assets, liabilities and operating results of CRC Press are presented within the consolidated financial statements of the Company for all periods presented. No gain or loss on the anticipated sale of the business is included in the accompanying financial statements. CRC Press and its subsidiaries comprised the entirety of the Company's STI segment. Subsequent to the disposition of CRC Press, the Company will no longer have operations in the STI segment.

        Included within the Consolidated Balance Sheets of the Company are the following balances related specifically to CRC Press (including intercompany balances):

 
  December 31,
2002

  December 31,
2001

(in thousands)

   
Current assets   $ 24,423   $ 19,047
Long-term assets     38,305     39,169
   
 
Total assets   $ 62,728   $ 58,216
   
 
Total liabilities   $ 18,047   $ 14,711
Total equity     44,681     43,505
   
 
Total liabilities and equity   $ 62,728   $ 58,216
   
 

        Included within the Consolidated Statements of Operations of the Company are the following balances specifically related to CRC Press (in thousands):

 
  Years Ended December 31,
 
  2002
  2001
  2000
Revenues   $ 52,053   $ 42,424   $ 38,984
Income before provision for income taxes   $ 6,759   $ 2,923   $ 5,828

        On March 4, 2003, the Company voluntarily terminated its Credit Facility (See Note 8—Revolving Credit Facility). The Company had no outstanding borrowings under the Credit Facility at any time since its inception. The Company terminated the Credit Facility based on the strength of its current financial position, anticipated positive cash flow from operations prospectively and the impending sale of its CRC Press business.

F-28





QuickLinks

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE
Table of Contents
PART I
Item 1. Business
Item 2. Properties
Item 3. Legal Proceedings
Item 4. Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders
PART II
Item 5. Market for the Registrant's Common Equity and Related Stockholder Matters
Item 6. Selected Financial Data
Item 7. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosure About Market Risk
Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data
QUARTERLY RESULTS OF OPERATIONS (UNAUDITED)
Item 9. Change in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure
PART III
Item 10. Directors and Executive Officers of the Registrant
Item 11. Executive Compensation
Equity Compensation Plan Information
Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions
Item 14. Controls and Procedures
PART IV
Item 15. Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules, and Reports on Form 8-K
SIGNATURES
INFORMATION HOLDINGS INC. CERTIFICATION BY CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER
INFORMATION HOLDINGS INC. CERTIFICATION BY CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER
Report of Independent Auditors
INFORMATION HOLDINGS INC. CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS (In thousands, except share data)
INFORMATION HOLDINGS INC. CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31 (In thousands, except per share data)
INFORMATION HOLDINGS INC. CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31 (In thousands, except share data)
INFORMATION HOLDINGS INC. CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31 (In thousands)
INFORMATION HOLDINGS INC. NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2002, 2001 AND 2000
EX-10.16 3 a2106388zex-10_16.htm EXHIBIT 10.16

Exhibit 10.16

 

Amendment

to the

Mason Slaine

Employment Agreement

 

This Amendment (the “Amendment”) to the Employment Agreement by and between Information Holdings, Inc. (the “Company”) and Mason Slaine (the “Executive”), dated as of April 30, 2002 (the “Employment Agreement”), is entered into as of this 17th day of January, 2003.

 

WHEREAS, the Company and the Executive are presently parties to the Employment Agreement; and

 

WHEREAS, the Company and the Executive desire to amend the Employment Agreement as set forth herein.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the mutual agreements hereinafter contained, the parties do hereby amend the Employment Agreement as follows:

 

1.                                       By deleting the last paragraph of Section 6(e) in its entirety, and replacing it with the following:

 

In the event that Executive resigns pursuant to this Section 6(e) or if the Company terminates Executive’s employment without Just Cause following a Change of Control, the company shall pay to Executive in a lump sum an amount equal to three times (i) the Salary in effect immediately prior to the termination of employment plus (ii) the Bonus Executive received for the fiscal year immediately prior to the fiscal year in which his termination of employment occurred; provided, however, that if such Change of Control occurs in calendar year 2003, the Salary described in clause (i) above shall equal the Salary as in effect at the time of such Change of Control, and the Bonus described in clause (ii) above shall equal 50% of the Salary as in effect at the time of such Change of Control.  Payments pursuant to this Section 6(e) shall not apply to termination of Executive’s employment on account of his death.

 

2.                                       Except as provided herein and to the extent necessary to give full effect to the provisions of this Agreement, the terms of the Employment Agreement shall remain in full force and effect.

 

*              *              *

 

[Signatures appear on the following page.]

 



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have entered into this Agreement effective as of the date first above written.

 

 

INFORMATION HOLDINGS, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Vincent A. Chippari

 

 

 

By:  Vincent A. Chippari

 

 

Title:  Executive V.P. & CFO

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Mason Slaine

 

 

 

Mason Slaine

 

 

2




EX-10.17 4 a2106388zex-10_17.htm EXHIBIT 10.17

Exhibit 10.17

 

Liquent Inc. (formerly ESPS Inc.)

Employment Agreement Amendment

 

This Amendment (the “Amendment”) to the Employment Agreement by and between Liquent Inc. (formerly ESPS Inc.) (the “Company”) and R. Richard Dool (the “Executive”), originally executed November 27, 2000, and as amended February 8, 2001 and October 3, 20002 (the “Employment Agreement”), is entered into as of this 29th day of October, 2002.

 

WHEREAS, the Company and the Executive are presently parties to the Employment Agreement; and

 

WHEREAS, in accordance with the terms of the Employment Agreement, the Executive’s term of employment is scheduled to expire at 6:00 p.m. Eastern Time on November 27, 2002; and

 

WHEREAS, the Company has previously undergone a Change of Control (as defined in the Employment Agreement) pursuant to which the Executive has received the Change of Control  benefits provided under the Employment Agreement; and

 

WHEREAS, the Company and the Executive desire to amend the Employment Agreement to extend the Executive’s term of employment and remove the provisions relating to the Change of Control benefits.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, the Employment Agreement is hereby amended as follows:

 

1.             The first and second paragraphs of the section captioned “Term of Employment” are deleted in their entirety and replaced with the following:

 

Your employment under this Agreement commenced on November 27, 2000 (the “Effective Date”) and shall continue until December 31, 2003 (the “Term”).  Unless sooner terminated under this Agreement, the Term shall be extended automatically (without further action by you or the Company) by one additional year first on January 1, 2004, and on each succeeding anniversary thereafter, unless prior to the end of the Term (including any prior extension thereof), either you or the Company shall have notified the other in writing of its intention not to extend the Term.  Upon notice of non-extension, the Executive’s employment hereunder shall terminate on the close of the business on the last day of the Term.

 

2.             All provisions of the Employment Agreement added by the amendment dated February 8, 2001 are hereby deleted in their entirety.

 

3.             The “Change of Control provision” added to the Employment Agreement by virtue of Section 1 of the amendment dated October 3, 2001 is hereby deleted in its entirety.

 



 

4.             The “Severance provision” added to the Employment Agreement by section 2 of the amendment dated October 3, 2001 is hereby amended by deleting the phrase “or in the event of a change of control (as indicated above),” located in the first sentence of the paragraph of such section 2.

 

5.             The second paragraph of the Employment Agreement (immediately following subsection (v) of the definition of Cause) of the section captioned “For Cause” is hereby deleted in its entirety.

 

6.             The definition of Good Reason, as provided in the section of the Employment Agreement captioned “Good Reason” is amended by adding the following new clause to the end thereof:

 

(iii)  your delivery of written notice of resignation at any time and for any reason during the period commencing on the nine (9) month anniversary of a Change of Control and ending on the twelve (12) month anniversary of a Change of Control; provided, that no Change of Control transaction which occurred prior to September 1, 2002 shall constitute a Change of Control for such purposes.

 

7.             Except as provided herein and to the extent necessary to give full effect to the provisions of this Amendment, the terms of the Employment Agreement shall remain in full force and effect.

 

*              *              *

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have entered into this Amendment effective as of the date first above written.

 

 

LIQUENT INC.

 

 

 

/s/ Vincent A. Chippari

 

 

By:  Vincent A. Chippari

 

Title:  Vice President

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ R. Richard Dool

 

 

R. Richard Dool

 

2




EX-10.18 5 a2106388zex-10_18.htm EXHIBIT 10.18

Exhibit 10.18

 

[IHI Letterhead]

 

 

January 29, 2003

 

Mr. Fenton Markevich

President & CEO

CRC Press LLC

2000 Corporate Blvd. N.W.

Boca Raton, Florida 33431

 

Re:      Transaction Bonus

 

Dear Mr. Markevich:

 

This letter agreement sets forth the bonus that you will be eligible to receive if a sale of all or substantially all of the capital stock or assets of CRC Press LLC (the “Company”) by Information Holdings Inc. or an affiliate (“IHI”) to Taylor & Francis Group plc (“T&F”) is completed within six months of the date hereof (a “Sale”).  All amounts payable to you under this bonus arrangement will be in addition to, not in lieu of, any and all amounts to which you are entitled, or may become entitled with respect to your stock option grants, and any other compensation or benefits payable under any IHI or Company plan.

 

In the event a Sale occurs, and provided that you have remained in the continuous employ of the Company from the date of this letter agreement until the closing date of such Sale (the “Closing Date”), you will receive, on the Closing Date, a lump sum bonus payment of $200,000.  All amounts payable to you pursuant to the terms of this letter agreement shall be subject to withholding for all applicable federal, state and local withholding taxes.

 

You also acknowledge that, provided you obtain an employment agreement with T&F, IHI shall have no obligation to provide you severance or related payments resulting from the termination of your employment with the Company on the Closing Date.

 



 

Please indicate your acceptance of the terms of this letter agreement by signing and dating this letter in the space indicated below.

 

Sincerely,

 

INFORMATION HOLDINGS INC.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Mason P. Slaine

 

 

 

Mason P. Slaine

 

 

Chief Executive Officer

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Fenton Markevich

 

 

 

Fenton Markevich

 

 

2




EX-10.20 6 a2106388zex-10_20.htm EXHIBIT 10.20

Exhibit 10.20

 

 

 

ASSET PURCHASE AGREEMENT

 

between

 

CRC PRESS LLC,

 

CRC PRESS (U.K.) LLC,

 

INFORMATION HOLDINGS INC.

 

and

 

PARTHENON INC.

 

and

 

CRC PRESS I LLC

 

ROUTLEDGE NO. 2 LIMITED

 

Dated as February 27, 2003

 

 

 



 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

SECTION 1.

SALE OF ASSETS AND ASSUMPTION OF LIABILITIES

 

 

1.1.

Sale of Assets

1.2.

Assets

1.3.

Allocation of the Assets

1.4.

Excluded Assets

1.5.

Assumed Liabilities

1.6.

Excluded Liabilities

 

 

SECTION 2.

PURCHASE PRICE AND ADJUSTMENTS

 

 

2.1.

Purchase Price

2.2.

Net Tangible Asset Adjustments

 

 

SECTION 3.

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE SELLERS AND IHI

 

 

3.1.

Corporate Existence

3.2.

Corporate Authority

3.3.

Governmental Approvals; Consents

3.4.

Financial Statements

3.5.

Absence of Undisclosed Liabilities

3.6.

Absence of Changes

3.7.

Real and Personal Properties

3.8.

Contracts

3.9.

Litigation, Default

3.10.

Intellectual Property Rights

3.11.

Insurance

3.12.

Tax Matters

3.13.

Employment and Benefits

3.14.

Permits, Licenses and Franchises

3.15.

Environmental Laws

3.16.

Compliance with Laws

3.17.

Material Assets

3.18.

Finders; Brokers

3.19.

No Other Representations and Warranties

 

 

SECTION 4.

REPRESENTATIONS OF THE BUYERS

 

 

4.1.

Corporate Existence

4.2.

Corporate Authority

4.3.

Governmental Approvals; Consents

4.4.

Finders; Brokers

4.5.

Financial Capacity

4.6.

No Other Representations or Warranties

 

i



 

SECTION 5.

AGREEMENTS OF THE BUYERS AND THE SELLERS

 

 

5.1.

Operation of the Business

5.2.

Investigation of Business

5.3.

Mutual Cooperation; No Inconsistent Action

5.4.

Public Disclosures

5.5.

Access to Records and Personnel

5.6.

Employee Relations and Benefits

5.7.

Transition Services

5.8.

Non-Solicitation of Employees

5.9.

Covenant Not to Compete

5.10.

Use of Names

5.11.

Confidentiality

5.12.

Tax Cooperation; Allocation of Taxes

5.13.

Value Added Tax

5.14.

Parthenon Acquisition Agreement

5.15.

Parthenon Shares

5.16.

No Claims

5.17.

Separate Warranties

5.18.

Bring Down

5.19.

Parthenon Acquisition Agreement

5.20.

Section 338 Election

5.21.

Dividends

 

 

SECTION 6.

CONDITIONS

 

 

6.1.

Conditions Precedent to Obligations of the Buyers and the Sellers

6.2.

Conditions Precedent to Obligation of the Sellers

6.3.

Conditions Precedent to Obligation of the Buyers

 

 

SECTION 7.

CLOSING

 

 

7.1.

Closing Date

7.2.

The Buyers’ Deliveries

7.3.

The Sellers’ Deliveries

7.4.

The Sellers’ Obligations

 

 

SECTION 8.

INDEMNIFICATION

 

 

8.1.

Indemnification by the Sellers and IHI

8.2.

Indemnification by the Buyers

8.3.

Indemnification Calculations

 

 

SECTION 9.

TERMINATION

 

 

9.1.

Termination Events

9.2.

Effect of Termination

 

 

SECTION 10.

ALTERNATIVE DISPUTE RESOLUTION

 

 

SECTION 11.

MISCELLANEOUS

 

 

11.1.

Defined Terms

 

ii



 

11.2.

Notices

11.3.

Survival

11.4.

Bulk Transfers

11.5.

Further Assurances; Asset Returns

11.6.

Other Covenants

11.7.

Expenses

11.8.

Non-Assignability

11.9.

Amendment; Waiver

11.10.

Reliance by the Buyers; Representations and Warranties; Schedules and Exhibits

11.11.

Third Parties

11.12.

Governing Law

11.13.

Consent to Jurisdiction

11.14.

Certain Definitions

11.15.

Entire Agreement

11.16.

Section Headings; Table of Contents

11.17.

Severability

11.18.

Counterparts

 

 

EXHIBIT A

-

Form of Escrow Agreement

EXHIBIT B

-

Form of Mayo Agreement

EXHIBIT C

-

Form of Assumption Agreement

EXHIBIT D

-

Form of Bill of Sale and Assignment Agreement

EXHIBIT E

-

Form of Trademark Assignment

EXHIBIT F

-

Form of Copyright Assignment

 

 

SCHEDULE 1.2(i)

-

Particulars Relating to Parthenon Ltd.

SCHEDULE 3.1(d)

-

Parthenon Warranties

SCHEDULE 5.14

-

Tax Covenants in Respect of Parthenon Ltd.

 

iii



 

ASSET PURCHASE AGREEMENT

 

THIS ASSET PURCHASE AGREEMENT, dated as of February 27, 2003 (hereinafter “Agreement”), between CRC PRESS LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“CRC Press”), CRC PRESS (U.K.) LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“CRC Press (U.K.)”), PARTHENON INC., a New Jersey corporation (“Parthenon Inc.”) and, together with CRC Press and CRC Press (U.K.), the “Sellers”), Information Holdings Inc., a Delaware corporation and the ultimate parent of CRC Press (“IHI”) and CRC PRESS I LLC, a Delaware limited liability company and wholly owned subsidiary through one or more of its affiliates of Taylor & Francis Group plc (the “U.S. Buyer”) and ROUTLEDGE NO. 2 LIMITED, a company incorporated in England and Wales and wholly owned subsidiary of Taylor & Francis Group plc (the “U.K. Buyer” and, together with the U.S. Buyer, the “Buyers”).

 

W I T N E S S E T H:

 

WHEREAS, the Sellers together with Parthenon Ltd. (as hereinafter defined) are engaged in the business of medical communication and publishing books and journals, including in the scientific, technical and medical fields and other technical materials (the “Business”); or, where the context so requires, that part of the Business being carried out in the U.K., (the “U.K. Business”);

 

WHEREAS, the Buyers desire to purchase from the Sellers and the Sellers desire to sell to the Buyers, on the terms and subject to the conditions of this Agreement, substantially all of the assets and certain liabilities of the Sellers, including the entire authorized share capital of Parthenon Ltd.; and

 

WHEREAS, the Buyers have requested IHI, the ultimate parent of CRC Press, to join in this Agreement and the Buyers would not have entered into this Agreement without IHI becoming a party hereto.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing representations, warranties, covenants and agreements herein contained, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

 

SECTION 1.
SALE OF ASSETS AND ASSUMPTION OF LIABILITIES

 

1.1.                              Sale of Assets.  Subject to the satisfaction or waiver of the Conditions set forth in this Agreement, at the Closing and as of the Closing Date, the Sellers shall sell, assign, transfer, convey and deliver to the Buyers, and the Buyers shall purchase or assume, as the case may be, free and clear of all Encumbrances, other than Permitted Liens, and together with all accrued benefits and rights now or hereafter attaching thereto, all of the Sellers’ assets, rights, properties, claims, contracts associated with the Business of every kind, nature, character and description, tangible and intangible, real, personal or mixed, and the Business wherever located, other than the Excluded Assets described in Section 1.4 hereof (the “Assets”).  As of the Closing, risk of loss as to the Assets shall pass from the Sellers to the Buyers, but only to the extent of the Assumed Liabilities or other liabilities arising after the Closing Date.

 



 

1.2.                              Assets.  The Assets to be purchased by the Buyers at the Closing include, without limitation, the following:

 

(a)                                  Machinery and Equipment.  All machinery, vehicles, furniture, fixtures, equipment and other items of personal property owned by the Sellers on the Closing Date (the “Machinery”) and all warranties and guarantees, if any, express or implied, existing for the benefit of the Sellers in connection with the Machinery, to the extent transferable.

 

 

(b)                                 Intellectual Property.  All right, title and interest in and to any of the Intellectual Property owned, used, held, developed, or under development by any and all of the Sellers (“Seller Intellectual Property”).  “Intellectual Property” shall mean all of the following:  (i) registered and unregistered trademarks service marks, names, slogans, logos, symbols, trade dress, and trade names, trademark and service mark applications, trademark and service mark registrations, and any and all goodwill symbolized thereby and associated therewith; (ii) patents, including, without limitation, reissues and reexamined patents, substitutes, divisions, continuations, continuations-in-part, renewals, extensions, and patent applications, whenever filed  and whenever issued, including, without limitation, all priority rights resulting from such applications, designs, formulas, ideas, concepts, methods, processes, discoveries, and inventions; (iii) computer software (in object code and source code), programs, systems, algorithms, menu structures, syntax, and applications, with the exception of commercially available, off-the-shelf software; (iv) trade secrets, information, and know-how; (v) registered and unregistered copyrights in all works, software programs, copyright registrations, copyright renewals, works of authorship, databases, copyright applications, rights to prepare derivative works, and moral rights; (vi) domain names; (vii) any and all other intellectual property assets of any nature whatever; and (viii) any and all right, title, and interest in and to any and all of the foregoing, including, but not limited to the right to sue for past, present, and future infringement.

 

(c)                                  Contracts.  All of the Sellers’ right, title and interest under and the benefit of the Contracts to which any of the Sellers is a party or by which any of the Sellers is bound as of the Closing Date.

 

(d)                                 Permits.  To the extent transferable, all Permits owned by the Sellers.

 

(e)                                  Publications.  The Sellers’ right, title and interest in (i) the publications (books, journals, newsletters, and otherwise) produced by one or more of the Sellers (including those publications related to the Contracts) whether complete, work-in-progress, published, or unpublished, (ii) the publications in process by or on behalf of one or more of the Sellers, (iii) the publications acquired by or with respect to which rights have been granted to one or more of the Sellers, and (iv) the publications under contract with one or more of the Sellers, including, without limitation, all updates, supplements and revisions thereto and other accompanying materials relating thereto (the “Publications”).

 

(f)                                    Accounts Receivable.  All deposits, trade accounts receivable and other amounts due from any party to the Sellers, other than the Excluded Assets, as of the Closing Date.

 

(g)                                 Inventory.  All audio and video tapes, manuscripts, editorial material (including, without limitation, revisions, plans, reviews, reviews of competitive works, production

 

2



 

records and author correspondence), back issues and superseded editions, and inventory of every sort and in any medium used in or prepared for the Business, including, without limitation, raw materials, work-in-progress, finished goods, packaging materials and supplies (“Inventory”).

 

(h)                                 Leased Real Property.  All of the Sellers’ right, title and interest in and to the Leases and the Leased Real Property.

 

(i)                                     Investment in Parthenon Ltd.  The entire issued share capital of the Parthenon Publishing Group Limited (Company number: 1749619) (“Parthenon Ltd.”), a private company limited by shares and organized under the laws of England and Wales (the “Parthenon Shares”), together with all rights and advantages attaching to the Parthenon Shares with effect from and including the Closing Date and in particular, the benefit of all dividends and other distributions (if any), made or paid after the Closing Date in respect of the Parthenon Shares.  IHI and the Sellers hereby represent, warrant, covenant and undertake with each of the Buyers that they have the right to dispose of, or procure the disposal of, the Parthenon Shares.

 

(j)                                     Telephone Numbers, etc.  All of the Sellers’ rights with respect to telephone numbers, telephone directory listings and advertisements used in the Business, unemployment reserve accounts (to the extent assignable) and experience ratings (to the extent assignable), and all of the Sellers’ goodwill relating to or arising in connection with the Business, to the extent assignable.

 

(k)                                  Computer Media, Invoices, etc.  All of the Sellers’ computer media, invoices, customer information and lists, prospective customer information and lists, supplier information and lists, sales and marketing materials, correspondence, files, books and records relating to or arising in connection with the Business, but excluding the Excluded Assets.

 

(l)                                     Existing Camera-Ready Copy.  All existing camera-ready copy used for making negative films, film plates, plate-making film, paste-ups, tapes, illustrations and other artwork, and other reproduction materials for the Publications, permissions (to the extent transferable) and vendor information, including, without limitation, specifications for all published titles, and all manuscripts, proofs, reviews, designs, artwork, covers, photographs and production-related materials for all unpublished titles.

 

(m)                               Claims, Causes of Action and Other Legal Rights.  All of the Sellers’ claims, causes of action and other legal rights and remedies but not Obligations, whether or not known as of the Closing Date, relating to or in connection with, either (1) the Sellers’ ownership of the Assets or (2) the operation of the Business that are reasonably necessary to preserve or obtain for the benefit of the Buyers full rights to the Assets other than the Excluded Assets, but excluding causes of action and other legal rights and remedies of the Sellers (A) against the Buyers with respect to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or (B) relating exclusively to the Excluded Assets.

 

(n)                                 Other Assets.  All other assets included in (i) the Financial Statements, to the extent still in existence on the Closing Date, and (ii) the Final Closing Statement, excluding the Excluded Assets.

 

3



 

1.3.                              Allocation of the Assets.  It is the intention of the parties hereto that the Assets and Assumed Liabilities to be purchased at the Closing by the U.S. Buyer shall include all Assets (other than the Parthenon Shares) and all Assumed Liabilities and that the only Assets to be purchased at the Closing by the U.K. Buyer shall be the Parthenon Shares; provided that, subject to Section 11.8 hereof, the Buyers reserve the right to determine and identify the specific entities to which to assign the right to purchase the Assets.

 

1.4.                              Excluded Assets.  It is expressly agreed that the Sellers will retain and the Buyers will not acquire the following assets (the “Excluded Assets”):

 

(a)                                  Cash and Cash Equivalents.  Cash and cash equivalents of the Sellers including, without limitation, bank deposits, investments in so-called “money market” funds, commercial paper funds, certificates of deposit, Treasury bills and all accrued interest thereon.

 

(b)                                 Parthenon Inc. Capital Stock.  The issued and outstanding shares of capital stock of Parthenon Inc. held by Liquent Ltd.

 

(c)                                  Tax Refunds.  (i) Any refunds or credits (including interest thereon or claims therefor) with respect to any Taxes relating to the Assets (other than Parthenon Ltd.) relating to a Pre-Closing Tax Period or (ii) provisions for deferred tax assets (other than deferred tax assets in Parthenon Ltd.).  For the avoidance of doubt, any refunds or tax credits relating to Parthenon Ltd. shall be dealt with in accordance with the Parthenon Tax Covenant.

 

(d)                                 Intercompany Accounts.  Any accounts receivable payable to the Sellers from any affiliate of the Sellers arising prior to the Closing Date.

 

(e)                                  Insurance Contracts.  Any contracts of insurance of the Sellers; and any reimbursement for, or other benefit associated with, prepaid insurance, and any rights associated with any prepaid expense for which the Buyers will not receive the benefit after the Closing Date, including, without limitation, any insurance proceeds with respect to events occurring prior to the Closing Date.

 

(f)                                    Identification Numbers.  All of the Sellers’ taxpayer qualifications to do business as a foreign corporation or limited liability company and arrangements with registered agents relating to foreign qualifications and other identification numbers of the Sellers.

 

(g)                                 Minute Books; Corporate Records.  All minute books, charter documents, stock record books, original tax and such other books and records as pertain to the organization, existence or capitalization of the Sellers.

 

(h)                                 Excluded Assets and Liabilities.  All books and records relating to any Excluded Asset or Excluded Liability.

 

(i)                                     Employee Benefit Assets.  Except as expressly provided in Section 5.6 hereof, assets relating to the Benefit Plans.

 

4



 

(j)                                     Transferred or Disposed Assets.  Any assets transferred or otherwise disposed of by the Sellers in the ordinary course of business and in accordance with this Agreement prior to the Closing.

 

1.5.                              Assumed Liabilities.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, the Buyers shall not assume any of the Sellers’ debts, liabilities or obligations of any nature, whether secured, unsecured, recourse, non-recourse, liquidated, unliquidated, accrued, absolute, fixed, contingent, ascertained, unascertained, known, unknown or otherwise (“Obligations”) or agree to pay, perform and discharge when due any Obligations other than the liabilities expressly set forth in Sections 1.5(a)-(e) (other than Section 1.6(a)-(j)) (such Obligations set forth in Section 1.5(a)-(e) except as provided in Section 1.6(a)-(j) shall be referred to as the “Assumed Liabilities”); it being understood that the Buyers shall assume all Assumed Liabilities (with the allocation of the Assumed Liabilities to be decided between the Buyers).  The Assumed Liabilities shall mean the following Obligations, except as set forth in Section 1.6(a)-(j):

 

(a)                                  all liabilities of the Sellers (other than the Excluded Liabilities) included on the face of the Final Closing Statement (and not the footnotes), to the extent of the amount of such liabilities set forth on the face of the Final Closing Statement; provided, however, that the liabilities of Parthenon Ltd. shall remain liabilities of Parthenon Ltd. (other than the Excluded Liabilities) and shall be used to determine the Net Tangible Net Worth, but no liabilities of Parthenon Ltd. shall be assumed by the Buyers.

 

(b)                                 All Obligations relating to the Business (other than the Excluded Liabilities) arising after the Closing Date;

 

(c)                                  all Obligations arising after the Closing Date relating to the ownership or the use of the Assets other than the Excluded Assets by the Buyers and/or sale of any Publications by the Buyers after the Closing Date provided that the incurrence or existence of any such Obligations does not constitute a breach or failure of, or default under, any representation, warranty or covenant made by the Sellers under, or pursuant to, this Agreement;

 

(d)                                 all Obligations of Sellers under the Benefit Plans in respect of Transferred Employees expressly assumed by the Buyers pursuant to Section 5.6 hereof; and

 

(e)                                  all Obligations of any of the Sellers under or arising out of the currently effective Contracts, Leases, Leased Real Property and Permits that are assigned to the Buyers except for:  (i) Obligations and other liabilities relating to any breach, default or violation of such Contracts, Leases, Leased Real Property and Permits arising prior to the Closing Date and regardless of when asserted either before or after the Closing Date; and (ii) all other Obligations constituting a breach or failure of, or default under, any representation, warranty or covenant made by the Sellers under, or pursuant to, this Agreement, including, without limitation, the failure of the Sellers to set forth in Section 3.8 of the Disclosure schedule any Contracts required to be described therein.

 

1.6.                              Excluded Liabilities.  Without limiting the generality of Section 1.5, it is expressly agreed that the Sellers will retain all of the Obligations (other than the Assumed Liabilities) (the “Excluded Liabilities”), including, without limitation:

 

5



 

(a)                                  all demands, claims, suits, actions, litigation, investigations, arbitrations, administrative hearings or other proceedings of any nature, regardless of the forum in which such matters arise (“Proceedings”) to which the Sellers or any of them are a party, or relating to any Assets arising out of events or circumstances occurring on or before the Closing Date;

 

(b)                                 Obligations principally arising out of or relating to the Excluded Assets including, without limitation, any intercompany obligations;

 

(c)                                  Except as otherwise provided in Section 5.12, any Obligation arising out of or in connection with the preparation of this Agreement and the consummation and performance of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, including, but not limited to, any liability to which any of the parties may become subject as a result of the fact that the transactions contemplated by this Agreement are being effected, at the request of Sellers and approved by the Buyers, without compliance with the provisions of any bulk sales act or any similar statute as enacted in any jurisdiction;

 

(d)                                 all Obligations retained pursuant to Section 5.6 hereof;

 

(e)                                  all liabilities for Taxes of the Sellers or IHI for periods ending prior to the Closing Date;

 

(f)                                    except to the extent set forth on the face of the Final Closing Statement, any Obligations of the Sellers or Parthenon Ltd. under or in connection with any golden parachute payment or continuation or discontinuation of employment payment or other increase or change in amount or terms of any compensation under any employment or independent contractor agreement] that arises, occurs or is triggered or gives any person the right to assert, either automatically or upon notice, by reason of, upon, or in connection with the execution, delivery or performance of this Agreement or the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby;

 

(g)                                 any Obligation of the Sellers owing to any member, director, officer, employee, shareholder (of the Sellers or its affiliates), subsidiary or affiliate of the Sellers, except for, but only to the extent of, the amount of accrued salary and benefits to employees (other than officers and directors) set forth on the Final Closing Statement;

 

(h)                                 any liability or Obligation of Sellers under any indemnification or similar contractual provision of or in any Contracts, Leases, Leased Real Property and Permits, arising out of breaches or defaults by or claims against the Sellers (or for which the Sellers are liable pursuant to the terms thereof) arising or occurring on or before the Closing Date and regardless of when asserted, including, without limitation, of CRC Press under Section 11.3 of an asset purchase agreement dated January 8, 1997, relating to the acquisition of the assets of St. Lucie Press (U.K.) Ltd.; and

 

(i)                                     all Obligations relating to any environmental matters or conditions or Environmental Laws arising on or before the Closing Date including without limitation any release of Hazardous Materials after the Closing Date for events of  circumstances giving rise to such release occurring on or before the Closing Date; and

 

6



 

(j)                                     any other Obligations and liabilities for which the Sellers have expressly assumed or retained responsibility pursuant to this Agreement.

 

SECTION 2.
PURCHASE PRICE AND ADJUSTMENTS

 

2.1.                              Purchase Price.

 

(a)                                  The aggregate purchase price for the Assets and the Assumed Liabilities shall be Ninety Five Million United States Dollars ($95,000,000), plus or minus the Closing Date Adjustment (as defined below) (collectively, the “Purchase Price”).

 

(b)                                 The Buyers and the Sellers agree to allocate the Purchase Price in accordance with the rules under Section 1060 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”) and the Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder.  No later than 45 days after the Closing Date, the Buyers shall deliver to the Sellers a Schedule (the “Allocation Schedule”), setting forth an allocation of the purchase price among the Assets, with the amount allocated to the Parthenon Shares being no less than $7,000,000  and no more than $10,000,000.  If the Sellers disagree with the allocation set forth on such Allocation Schedule, they shall notify the Buyers in writing, within 20 days after their receipt of the Allocation Schedule, of their specific objections. The Buyers and the Sellers shall endeavor in good faith to resolve their disagreements with respect to the allocation and prepare a revised Allocation Schedule.  If such disagreements can not be resolved within 30 days after the Sellers’ notification of their objections to the Buyers, the disagreements shall be resolved by the Independent Accounting Firm within 30 days after the submission by the parties of their dispute to such Independent Accounting Firm, and a revised Allocation Schedule shall be prepared.  In no event however, shall any revised Allocation Schedule allocate less than $7,000,000 or more than $10,000,000 to the Parthenon Shares.  The Sellers and the Buyers agree to act in accordance with, and file all tax and informational returns on a basis consistent with, the computations and allocations contained in the Allocation Schedule (or the revised Allocation Schedule if applicable) in any relevant Tax returns or filings, including any forms or reports required to be filed pursuant to Section 1060 of the Code, the Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder or any provisions of local, state and foreign law (“1060 Forms”), and to cooperate in the preparation of any 1060 Forms and to file such 1060 Forms in the manner required by applicable law, and each party shall provide a copy of such forms to the other parties, as filed.

 

(c)                                  Payment of Purchase Price. The Purchase Price shall be payable as follows:

 

(i)                                     Cash to the Sellers. Except as provided in Section 2.2 (b) and (f): (i) Ninety Million Seven Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($90,750,000) shall be paid by the Buyers to the Sellers on the Closing Date in immediately available federal funds to such bank accounts as shall be designated by the Sellers prior to the Closing; (ii) Three Million Dollars ($3,000,000) shall be deposited by the Buyers in escrow pursuant to an Escrow Agreement substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto (the “Escrow Agreement”) to secure the liabilities and obligations of IHI and the Sellers pursuant to Section 8 hereof; and (iii) subject to Section 2.1(c)(ii) below, One Million Two Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($1,250,000) (the “Mayo Escrow Funds”) shall be paid by the Buyers to the Escrow Agent on the Closing Date in immediately available federal

 

7



 

funds to be paid as provided in Section 2.1(c)(ii) below.

 

(ii)                                  Mayo Escrow.  If, on or prior to the Closing Date, CRC Press or one of the Sellers shall have entered into a written agreement with Mayo Foundation for Medical Education and Research or one of its affiliates (“Mayo”) on terms (including, without limitation, price and length of the contract) no less economically favorable in the aggregate to CRC Press or any of the other Sellers as those contained in the form of Mayo-Branded Press Publishing and Distribution Agreement attached as Exhibit B hereto (the “Mayo Agreement”), and such Contract is still in full force and effect and is fully assignable to the Buyers without any Consent, the Mayo Escrow Funds shall be paid by the Buyers to the Sellers on the Closing Date in immediately available funds to such bank accounts as shall be designated by the Sellers prior to the Closing.  The Mayo Agreement and Mayo Equivalent Agreement must provide that they are fully assignable to the Buyers without consent and must be assigned to the Buyers at the Closing or after the Closing as provided herein as a condition to the release of any funds to the Sellers.  If the Mayo Agreement or an agreement with Mayo containing terms no less economically favorable in the aggregate to CRC Press or any of the other Sellers as those (including, without limitation, price and length of the contract) contained in the Mayo Agreement that is fully assignable to the Buyers without Consent (any such agreement, a “Mayo Equivalent Agreement”) shall not have been executed by all the parties on or before the Closing Date, the Mayo Escrow Funds shall be paid by the Buyers to the Escrow Agent in accordance with Section 2.1(c)(i) hereto.  If within the six month period following the Closing Date, a Mayo Equivalent Agreement shall not have been executed by all parties, the Mayo Escrow Funds shall be released by the Escrow Agent to the Buyers without notice to or Consent of the Sellers, IHI or any party.  If, however, a Mayo Equivalent Agreement shall have been executed by all parties within six months of the Closing Date, the Buyers shall instruct the Escrow Agent to release the Mayo Escrow Funds to the Sellers.  If Mayo confirms in writing that it is prepared to execute a Mayo Equivalent Agreement but for any further negotiation or additional terms that the Buyers may request (and Buyers continue to insist upon such terms after the Seller’s written notice to Buyers) at any time between the Closing Date and the six month anniversary of the Closing Date, the Mayo Escrow Funds shall be paid to the Sellers, notwithstanding any further negotiations or additional terms that the Buyers may request or desire.  The Buyers acknowledge and agree that from the date hereof through the six month anniversary of the Closing Date, neither the Buyers nor Taylor & Francis Group plc shall, or shall cause any of the Sellers to, negotiate or request any economic terms or conditions in a Mayo Equivalent Agreement substantially different from, or more favorable to CRC Press or the other Sellers, than those contained in the Mayo Agreement, it being the understanding of the parties hereto that the Sellers shall have latitude to negotiate and finalize the Mayo Agreement or a Mayo Equivalent Agreement without interference from the Buyers provided such terms are no less economically favorable to CRC Press.

 

2.2.                              Net Tangible Asset Adjustments.

 

(a)                                  Calculation of the Net Tangible Asset Adjustment.  The Purchase Price shall be adjusted on a dollar-for-dollar basis by the difference between the Net Tangible Asset Value and the Target Net Asset Value.  “Net Tangible Asset Value” means the difference between the Assets, other than the Excluded Assets, that are included on the face of a consolidated balance sheet prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles, consistently applied (“GAAP”) as of the Closing Date less (i) goodwill, all Intellectual

 

8



 

Property and any other intangibles of any kind or nature as of the Closing Date (as reflected on a consolidated balance sheet of the Sellers prepared in accordance with this Section 2.2) and (ii) the Assumed Liabilities, that are included on the face of a consolidated balance sheet prepared in accordance with GAAP as of the Closing Date; provided that, the terms Assets and Assumed Liabilities shall include all assets (including any cash and cash equivalents) and all liabilities of Parthenon Ltd. of a type that would normally appear on a balance sheet solely for purposes of the calculation of Net Tangible Asset Value under this Section 2.2.  The Net Tangible Asset Value shall be prepared and calculated consistent with the Sellers’ past practices, and using the same principles, policies, practices, procedures, methods and estimates as those used by the Sellers in preparing the Annual Financial Statements provided that such practices, principles, policies, procedures, methods and estimates are in accordance with GAAP.  “Target Net Asset Value” means $17,504,000, which the parties hereto acknowledge based upon the amounts set forth in the Seller’s financial statements is the Net Tangible Asset Value as of September 30, 2002.  Such Purchase Price adjustment shall be paid as set forth in Section 2.2(b) and (e) below.

 

(b)                                 Estimated Net Tangible Asset Value.  Not less than five (5) business days prior to the Closing Date, CRC Press shall deliver a certificate setting forth the Sellers’ good faith estimate of the Net Tangible Asset Value (“Estimated Net Tangible Asset Value”).  If the Estimated Net Tangible Asset Value is less than the Target Net Asset Value, the Purchase Price to be paid on the Closing Date shall be decreased on a dollar-for-dollar basis by the difference between the Target Net Asset Value and the Estimated Net Tangible Asset Value.  If the Estimated Net Tangible Asset Value is greater than the Target Net Asset Value, the Purchase Price to be paid on the Closing Date shall be increased on a dollar-for-dollar basis by the difference between the Estimated Net Tangible Asset Value and the Target Net Asset Value.  The amount by which the Purchase Price is adjusted pursuant to this Section 2.2(b) is herein referred to as the “Closing Date Adjustment.”

 

(c)                                  Post Closing Adjustment.  Not later than one hundred twenty (120) days after the Closing Date, and provided that the Sellers have complied with their obligations under Section 2.2(d), the Buyers shall prepare and deliver to the Sellers a certificate setting forth the Net Tangible Asset Value (the “Closing Statement”).  The Closing Statement shall be prepared by a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants and shall be prepared on a basis that is consistent with GAAP, and using the same principles, policies, practices, procedures, methods required to be used to calculate the Net Tangible Asset Value.

 

(d)                                 Closing Calculation.

 

(i)                                     The Sellers shall fully cooperate with the Buyers and its agents in the calculation of the Closing Statement and the Net Tangible Asset Value and shall provide all such information reasonably requested by or on behalf of the Buyers or their independent public accountants to prepare the Closing Statement.  The Sellers shall be entitled to full access to the relevant records and working papers prepared by or for the Buyers or their independent public accountants to aid in their review of the calculation of the Net Tangible Asset Value set forth on the Closing Statement.  If any of the Sellers take exception to the calculation of the Net Tangible Asset Value as reflected on the Closing Statement, such Seller shall, within forty-five (45) calendar days after receipt of the Closing Statement, give written notice (the “Sellers’ Objection”) to the Buyers, setting forth the specific basis of the Sellers’ Objection in reasonable detail and, to

 

9



 

the extent practicable, the adjustments to the Closing Statement which any such Seller believes should be made.  Failure to so notify the Buyers shall constitute acceptance and approval of the Closing Statement by the Sellers and any items not timely disputed by the Sellers shall be deemed to be accepted by the Sellers.  If the Buyers agree that any change proposed by any Sellers is appropriate, such change shall be made to the Closing Statement and shall be incorporated into the Adjusted Closing Statement (as defined below).

 

(ii)                                  The Buyers shall have thirty (30) calendar days after receipt of the Sellers’ Objection in which to give written notice (the “Buyers’ Objection”) to the Sellers, setting forth the basis of the Buyers’ Objection in reasonable detail and, to the extent practicable, the adjustments to the Sellers’ Objection which the Buyers believe is appropriate.  Failure to so notify the Sellers shall constitute acceptance and approval of the Sellers’ Objections and any items not timely so disputed by the Buyers shall be deemed to be accepted by the Buyers.  Within ten (10) calendar days after the date on which the Buyers give the Sellers the Buyers’ Objections or, in the event there is no Buyers’ Objections, within thirty (30) calendar days following receipt of the Sellers’ Objections, the Closing Statement, together with any changes thereto agreed to by the Buyers and the Sellers, but excluding any items that remain in dispute between the Buyers and the Sellers, shall be incorporated by the Buyers into an adjusted Closing Statement (the “Adjusted Closing Statement”) and delivered by the Buyers to the Sellers.  The Closing Statement, as finally determined, accepted, deemed accepted or agreed pursuant to this Section 2.2 shall be referred to as the “Final Closing Statement.

 

(iii)                               If the Buyers deliver the Buyers’ Objections to the Sellers, and if the Sellers and the Buyers are able, within fifteen (15) calendar days after receipt by the Sellers of the Adjusted Closing Statement, to resolve the disputed exceptions, the Adjusted Closing Statement, as modified by such items as to which the Sellers and the Buyers shall agree, shall become the Final Closing Statement for purposes of this Section 2.2.  If the Buyers deliver the Buyers’ Objections to the Sellers, and if the Sellers and the Buyers are unable, within fifteen (15) calendar days after receipt by the Sellers of the Adjusted Closing Statement to resolve the disputed exceptions, such disputed exceptions will be referred to a firm of independent certified public accountants (the “Independent Accounting Firm”) mutually acceptable to the Sellers and the Buyers.  The Sellers and the Buyers shall be foreclosed from presenting to the Independent Accounting Firm for consideration any item not disputed in accordance with the terms of Section 2.2(d) hereof.  The Independent Accounting Firm shall determine as promptly as practicable, and in any event within sixty (60) days of its selection, the manner in which such item or items should be treated on the Final Closing Statement, provided, however, that the dollar amount of each item in dispute shall be determined within the range of dollar amounts proposed by the Sellers, on the one hand, and the Buyers, on the other hand.  The Independent Accounting Firm shall determine any disputed exception in accordance with the provisions of this Section 2.2, including Section 2.2(a) and 2.2(c).  The Independent Accounting Firm shall prepare and deliver, within sixty (60) days of its selection, to the Buyers and the Sellers a written report setting forth the net change to the Net Tangible Asset Value as shown in the Adjusted Closing Statement that results from its determinations regarding the resolution of such disputed items.  The Adjusted Closing Statement, as modified by such determinations, shall become the Final Closing Statement for purposes of this Section 2.2.  Such accounting and determinations by the Independent Accounting Firm shall be binding and conclusive on the parties.  The fees and any expenses of the Independent Accounting Firm shall be shared equally by the Sellers and the Buyers.  In the event a party does not comply

 

10



 

with the procedure and time requirements contained herein, the Independent Accounting Firm shall render a decision based solely on the evidence it has which was timely filed by either of the parties.

 

(e)                                  During the period of any dispute with respect to the application of this Section 2.2, the Buyers shall provide the Sellers and the Sellers shall provide the Buyers and their representatives with reasonable access to the books, records, facilities and employees of the Buyers and the Sellers, as the case may be, which relate to the Closing Statement or which may be useful in connection with any dispute under this Section 2.2, and shall cooperate with each other to the extent reasonably requested by each other to investigate the basis for such dispute.  In addition, the Sellers and the Buyers will each make available to the Independent Accounting Firm interviews with such individuals and such information, books and records as may be reasonably required by the Independent Accounting Firm to issue its written report.

 

(f)                                    Payment of Purchase Price Adjustment.  In the event the Actual Adjustment (as defined below) is less than the Closing Date Adjustment, the Sellers shall pay the Buyers the difference between the Actual Adjustment and the Closing Date Adjustment.  In the event the Actual Adjustment is greater than the Closing Date Adjustment, the Buyers shall pay the Sellers the difference between the Actual Adjustment and the Closing Date Adjustment.  “Actual Adjustment” shall mean the difference between (i) the Net Tangible Asset Value as reflected on the Final Closing Statement (as finally determined, accepted, deemed accepted or agreed pursuant to this Section 2.2) and (ii) the Target Net Asset Value.  Any payments pursuant to this Section 2.2(f) shall be considered adjustments to the Purchase Price for all purposes.  Payment of any adjustment to the Purchase Price pursuant to this Section 2.2(f) shall be made by wire transfer to an account designated by the Sellers or the Buyers, as the case may be, in United States Dollars, in immediately available federal funds within three (3) business days after the Final Closing Statement has been determined, accepted or deemed accepted pursuant to this Section 2.2, together with interest from the Closing Date to the date of payment at the rate of 2% per annum.

 

SECTION 3.
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE SELLERS AND IHI

 

IHI and the Sellers, jointly and severally, represent and warrant to each of the Buyers, subject to a correspondingly numbered section of the disclosure schedule delivered to the Buyers (the “Disclosure Schedule”), as follows and in relation to Parthenon Ltd., in the terms of Sections 3.8 insofar as it relates to Parthenon Ltd. and Sections 3.13, 3.15 and 3.18 hereof (as if such representations and warranties referred to Parthenon Ltd.), and in the terms of those representations and warranties contained in schedule 4 to the Share Purchase Agreement, dated as of May 15, 2001, between David George Thomas Bloomer and Paula Frances Bloomer and CRC Press (U.K.) (the “Parthenon Acquisition Agreement”) which shall be incorporated in their entirety (but subject to the variations set out in Schedule 3.1(d) hereto) into this Agreement as if those representations and warranties were repeated in this Agreement, as of today’s date; provided, however, that neither IHI nor the Sellers make any representation or warranty with respect to the Excluded Assets:

 

11



 

3.1.                              Corporate Existence.

 

(a)                                  IHI is a corporation duly organized and validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware.  CRC Press and CRC Press (U.K.) are each limited liability companies duly organized and validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware. Each of the foregoing has the requisite power and authority to own, lease and operate the properties and assets being sold by it hereunder and to carry on its business as the same is now being conducted.

 

(b)                                 Parthenon Inc. is a corporation duly organized and validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of New Jersey and has the requisite power and authority to own, lease and operate the properties and assets being sold by it hereunder and to carry on its business as the same is now being conducted.

 

(c)                                  Each of IHI and Sellers is duly authorized, qualified or licensed to do business as a foreign corporation or limited liability company, as the case may be, and is in good standing in every jurisdiction where, by reason of the nature of its business, the failure to be so qualified would have a Material Adverse Effect.  For the purpose of this Agreement, the term “Material Adverse Effect” shall mean a material adverse effect upon the Business, financial condition or results of operations of the Sellers and its subsidiaries taken as a whole or on the ability of the Sellers to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby, other than seasonal changes, changes relating to the U.S. economy in general or changes relating to the industry in which the Sellers operate in general (which are of only a temporary nature having such effect for no more than six weeks) and do not affect such party disproportionately.

 

(d)                                 Parthenon Ltd. is duly authorized, qualified or licensed to do business as a foreign entity and is in good standing in every jurisdiction where, by reason of the nature of its business, the failure to be so qualified would have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

3.2.                              Corporate Authority.  This Agreement and the consummation of all of the transactions provided for herein have been duly authorized by (a) IHI, (b) Information Ventures L.L.C., the sole member of CRC Press, (c) CRC Press, the sole member of CRC Press (U.K.), (d) the Board of Directors of Parthenon Inc. and (e) Liquent Limited, the sole stockholder of Parthenon Inc.  This Agreement and the consummation of all the transactions provided for herein have been duly authorized by all requisite corporate, limited liability company, stockholder or other action prior to the Closing by the Sellers and IHI, and the Sellers and IHI each have full power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement and to perform their respective obligations hereunder.  This Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by the Sellers and IHI and constitutes a valid and legally binding obligation of each Seller and IHI, enforceable in accordance with its terms, except as enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent transfer, reorganization, moratorium and similar Laws of general applicability affecting the enforcement of creditor’s rights and to general principles of equity.  The execution and delivery of this Agreement by the Sellers and IHI and the consummation by the Sellers and IHI of the transactions contemplated hereby will not violate or conflict with any provision of the Certificate of Incorporation or bylaws of IHI, the Certificate of Formation or Limited Liability Company Agreement of CRC Press or CRC Press (U.K.) or the Certificate of Incorporation or By-laws of Parthenon Inc., or result in any breach or constitute any default under, or

 

12



 

Encumbrance upon, any material Contract (including those set forth in Section 3.8 of the Disclosure Schedule) or indenture, mortgage, lease, license, grant or note to which the Sellers and/or IHI is subject or is a party.

 

3.3.                              Governmental Approvals; Consents.  The Disclosure Schedule at Section 3.3 sets forth a true and complete list of each consent, waiver, authorization or approval of any governmental or regulatory authority, domestic or foreign, and each declaration to or filing or registration with any such governmental or regulatory authority, that is required in connection with the execution and delivery of this Agreement or all other documents contemplated hereunder by the Sellers or the performance by the Sellers of their obligations hereunder or thereunder. The execution and delivery of this Agreement and all other documents contemplated hereunder do not violate any order, judgment or decree to which IHI and the Sellers are subject.  No claim, legal action, suit, arbitration, governmental investigation, action, or other legal or administrative proceeding is pending or, to the knowledge of the Sellers, threatened against IHI and/or the Sellers which would enjoin or delay the transactions contemplated hereby.  No consent, approval, order or authorization of, or any declaration, filing or registration with, or any application or report to, or any waiver by, or right of termination in favor of, or any other action (whether similar or dissimilar to any of the foregoing) of, by or with, any person which is necessary in order to take a specified action or actions in a specified manner or to achieve a specified result (“Consents”) is or has been required on the part of IHI or the Sellers in connection with the execution and delivery of this Agreement or the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby except for (a) notification pursuant to, and expiration or termination of the waiting period under, the Hart-Scott Act and notification pursuant to, and appropriate clearances (or deemed clearances) having been obtained in respect of the German Act against Restraints of Competition and the Austrian Cartel Act, and (b) such Consents, the failure of which to obtain or make would not have a material adverse effect upon any Asset or which have already been obtained.

 

3.4.                              Financial Statements.  Section 3.4 of the Disclosure Schedule contains a copy of the consolidated unaudited balance sheet of CRC Press as of December 31, 2002 and the related statements of income for the fiscal year ended on such date (the “Annual Financial Statements”), which consolidates the financial statements of all of the Sellers and Parthenon Ltd.  The Annual Financial Statements present fairly the consolidated financial condition and the results of the operations of CRC Press as of the date of and for the periods covered by such statements and all adjustments which management considers are necessary for a fair presentation thereof (consisting only of normal recurring adjustments) have been made.  All estimates and projections used in the preparation of the Annual Financial Statements are based upon reasonable assumptions.  The Annual Financial Statements have been prepared in accordance with GAAP as in effect as of the date thereof except for the absence of a statement of cash flows and footnotes.  Section 3.4 of the Disclosure Schedule also contains the consolidated unaudited balance sheet of CRC Press as of January 31, 2003 (the “Accounts Date”) and the related statements of income for the one-month period ending on such date (the “Interim Financial Statements” and together with the Annual Financial Statements, the “Financial Statements”).  The Interim Financial Statements present fairly the consolidated financial condition of CRC Press as of the date of and for the periods covered by such statements, subject to normal recurring adjustments.  The Interim Financial Statements have been prepared in accordance with GAAP as in effect on the date thereof, except for the absence of a statement of cash flows and footnotes.

 

13



 

3.5.                              Absence of Undisclosed Liabilities.  The Sellers have no material obligations with respect to the Business, absolute or contingent, known or unknown, which are not shown or provided for on the Annual Financial Statements, the Interim Financial Statements or the Final Closing Statement, other than liabilities incurred in the ordinary course of business or liabilities that shall not have been incurred or accrued in violation of Section 3.6 hereof.  Except as shown in the Annual Financial Statements, the Interim Financial Statements or the Final Closing Statement, the Sellers are not, directly or indirectly, liable upon or with respect to (by discount, repurchase agreements or otherwise), or obliged in any other way to provide funds in respect of, or to guarantee or assume, any debt, obligation or dividend of any person, except endorsements in the ordinary course of business in connection with the deposit, in banks or other financial institutions, of items for collection.

 

3.6.                              Absence of Changes.

 

(a)                                  Since the Accounts Date, there has not been:

 

(i)                                     any material loss, damage, destruction, or other casualty to the Assets (whether or not insurance awards have been received or guaranteed);

 

(ii)                                  any change in any method of accounting or accounting practice of any of the Sellers; or

 

(iii)                               any material changes in financial position or any event that has had or is reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(b)                                 Since the Accounts Date, the Sellers have operated the Business in the ordinary course of business and consistent with past practice and have not:

 

(i)                                     incurred any material Obligation relating to the operations of the Sellers or assumed, guaranteed or otherwise become liable for any Obligation of any person on behalf of or relating to the Business, except in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice; or

 

(ii)                                  failed to discharge or satisfy any lien or pay or satisfy any Obligation arising from the operation of the Business, other than liabilities being contested in good faith and for which adequate reserves have been provided and except for Permitted Liens;

 

(iii)                               placed or permitted to occur an Encumbrance upon any of the Assets, except for Permitted Liens;

 

(iv)                              sold or transferred any of the Assets material to the Business or canceled any material debts or claims or waived any rights material to the Business, except in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice;

 

(v)                                 disposed of any patents, trademarks or copyrights or any patent, trademark, or copyright applications used in the Business;

 

(vi)                              entered into any material transaction in connection with or relating

 

14



 

to the Business (including any capital expenditure exceeding in total USD $30,000), except in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice;

 

(vii)                           defaulted on any material Obligation;

 

(viii)                        incurred any material Obligation or liability for the payment of benefits related to severance, change of control, golden parachutes, continuation of employment, service, management or similar charges or other similar payments, to any other person or to any member of the Sellers; or

 

(ix)                                entered into any agreement or made any commitment to do any of the foregoing.

 

3.7.                              Real and Personal Properties.

 

(a)                                  The Sellers have good title to, or valid and binding leasehold interests in, the personal property included in the Assets, free and clear of all Encumbrances but subject to normal wear and tear, except: (i) as disclosed in the Financial Statements; (ii) liens for Taxes, assessments and other governmental charges not yet due and payable or, if due, (A) not delinquent or (B) being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings during which collection or enforcement against the property is stayed; (iii) mechanics’, workmen’s, repairmen’s, warehousemen’s, carriers’ or other like liens arising or incurred in the ordinary course of business if the underlying obligations are not past due; (iv) original purchase price conditional sales contracts and equipment leases with third parties entered into in the ordinary course of business (which third party equipment leases, other than leases related to photocopiers, are set forth in Section 3.7(a) of the Disclosure Schedule) and (v) other Encumbrances (other than liens, security interests, pledges or mortgages), if any, which do not materially impair the continued use and operation of any such Assets.  Such liens, charges and Encumbrances described in clauses (i)-(v) hereof are referred to herein as (“Permitted Liens”).

 

(b)                                 The Sellers do not own any real property and have not owned any real property (freehold or leasehold) for which there are any contingent liabilities existing as of the date hereof.  Section 3.7(b) of the Disclosure Schedule contains a list of all leases of real property and attaches a true, complete and correct copy of the currently effective Leases, together with any and all amendments (the “Leases”) held by the Sellers inclusive of any current rentals, fees or costs payable thereunder (the “Leased Real Property”).  The Sellers have good, valid and subsisting leasehold estates in the Leased Real Property, except for Permitted Liens.  There are no payment defaults or other breaches or defaults under any Leases by the Sellers or, to the knowledge of the Sellers, by any other party thereto the effect of which would result in a liability of more than $50,000 over a twelve month period.  Each such Lease is in full force and effect and constitutes a legal, valid, and binding obligation of the applicable Seller, as the case may be (and to the knowledge of the Sellers, each other party thereto).  The real and personal property of the Sellers is sufficient and adequate in all material respects to carry out the operations of the Business as presently conducted and as proposed by the Sellers to be conducted, and all items are in good operating condition and repair subject to normal wear and tear.

 

15



 

3.8.                              Contracts.

 

(a)                                  There are no material breaches or defaults under any Contract to which any Seller is a party, by which any Seller is bound, or pursuant to which any Seller has any rights, by the Sellers or, to the knowledge of the Sellers, by any other party thereto, nor has any Seller or, to the knowledge of the Sellers, any other party thereto, performed any act or omitted to perform any act under any such Contract which, with notice or lapse of time or both, will become or result in a breach or default thereunder.  Each such Contract is in full force and effect in all material respects and constitutes a legal, valid, and binding obligation of the applicable Seller, as the case may be (and to the knowledge of the Sellers, each other party thereto), subject to bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent transfer, reorganization, moratorium and similar Laws of general applicability affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights and to general equity principles, and upon consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, will continue to be legal, valid, and binding and in full force and effect on terms identical to those in effect immediately prior to the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby.  No action, claim, suit, proceeding, or investigation is pending or, to the knowledge of the Sellers, is being or has been threatened nor has any claim or demand been made, which challenges the legality, validity, or enforceability of any such Contract.

 

(b)                                 No Seller has given or received written notice canceling or terminating or threatening cancellation or termination of any of the Top 25 Published Contracts and the Top 25 Unpublished Contracts.

 

(c)                                  Solely with respect to the Contracts described in Section 3.8(f)(B) below (the “Book Author Contracts”), such Book Author Contracts are assignable by the Sellers or Parthenon Ltd., as the case may be, without the consent of or notice to any person.

 

(d)                                 No Book Author Contracts are terminable by the authors (absent a breach of such Contract by the Sellers) nor do the respective authors thereto have a unilateral right to amend the applicable Book Author Contract.

 

(e)                                  Section 3.8 of the Disclosure Schedule sets forth (i) a list of the top 25 published author contracts of the Sellers and Parthenon Ltd. based on revenues generated for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2002 (the “Top 25 Published Contracts”), (ii) a list of the top 25 unpublished author contracts of the Sellers and Parthenon Ltd., with a publication date in 2003 and 2004 based on management projections of estimated first year revenues (the “Top 25 Unpublished Contracts”); (iii) a list, as of February 27, 2003, of all active titles (i.e., titles with sales activity in calendar years 2000 through 2002) (including those titles sold under co-publishing agreements), all unpublished book titles, all journal titles and newsletters of the Sellers and Parthenon Ltd.; (iv) all currently effective co-publishing agreements of the Sellers and Parthenon Ltd.; (v) all currently effective agreements of the Sellers relating to the use of warehouse space; (vi) all currently effective employment agreements to which any of the Sellers or Parthenon Ltd. is a party; and (vii) any provision or covenants currently or hereafter in effect (x) limiting the ability of the Sellers to (1) sell any products or services of or to any other person, (2) engage in any line of business (whether limited by geographic region or otherwise), or (3) compete with or obtain products or services from any person or (y) limiting the ability of any person to compete with or to provide products or services to the Sellers); (viii) the Contracts and

 

16



 

Leases requiring payments or performance of Obligations by the Seller of more than $25,000 in a one-year period.  The Buyers acknowledge and agree that neither the Sellers nor IHI make any representation or warranty with respect to (x) the accuracy of, or probability of meeting, the projections underlying the Top 25 Unpublished Contracts, (y) any revenues which may be generated by the Top 25 Unpublished Contracts or (z) the likelihood that any of the Top 25 Unpublished Contracts will actually be published.  Except as otherwise provided under this Agreement, including, without limitation, under Section 3.8(a), the Buyers acknowledge and agree that they shall have no claim against any of the Sellers, IHI or Parthenon Ltd. with respect to the foregoing clauses (x), (y) or (z) of this Section 3.8(e).

 

(f)                                    Contract” means all agreements, contracts and commitments currently in effect, including the following types excepting such Contracts excluded below:  (A) any agreement with any person containing any provision or covenant currently or hereafter in effect (i) limiting the ability of the Sellers to (1) sell any products or services of or to any other person, (2) engage in any line of business (whether limited by geographic region or otherwise), or (3) compete with or obtain products or services from any person or (ii) limiting the ability of any person to compete with or to provide products or services to the Sellers, (B) all author, editor, contributor, and freelancer agreements related to the Publications, including, without limitation, the Top 25 Published Contracts and Top 25 Unpublished Contracts, (C) co-publishing, subscriber, license and distribution contracts and all other contracts, commitments, leases, purchase orders, licenses and agreements relating to the Publications, (D) all agreements with any present or former individual officer, director, member, employee, agent, consultant, or other similar representative of the Sellers, (E) any distribution, agency, management or warehouse agreement or arrangement, and (F) any other agreement (including the Parthenon Acquisition Agreement), contract or commitment requiring payments or performance of Obligations by the Sellers of more than $25,000 in a one-year period.  Contracts shall not include (and the Buyers shall not assume pursuant to the terms hereof) (i) any agreements, contracts or commitments which relate primarily to the Excluded Assets or the Excluded Liabilities or (ii) any mortgage, indenture, loan or credit agreement, security agreement or other agreement or instrument of or by the Sellers relating to the borrowing of money or extension of credit or any guarantee of the obligations of third parties except that the Buyers shall be entitled to the rights of, but not the Obligations under, any of the foregoing granted in favor of the Sellers.

 

(g)                                 There are no Obligations of the Sellers that arise, occur or are triggered, either automatically or upon notice, by reason of, upon, or in connection with the execution, delivery or performance of this Agreement or the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby or that give any person a right or permits any person to assert or claim any Obligation against Sellers, the Assets or any other person either automatically or upon notice, by reason of, upon, or in connection with the execution, delivery or performance of this Agreement or the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, including, without limitation, any golden parachute payment, change of control payment, continuation of employment payment, prepayment of obligations, penalties, fines or premiums.

 

3.9.                              Litigation, Default.  There are no and have not been, during the three (3) years ending on the date of this Agreement, any actions, suits, proceedings (whether adjudicatory, criminal, administrative, rulemaking, licensing, or otherwise) or investigations pending in relation to the Sellers and/or IHI or involving or relating to the Business or the Assets or, to the

 

17



 

knowledge of the Sellers, threatened in law or in equity, by or before any court, governmental or regulatory agency, domestic or foreign tribunal or arbitrator, in any jurisdiction.  The Sellers are not subject to, or in default under, any material judgment, order, injunction or decree of any court, government agency, tribunal or arbitration.

 

3.10.                        Intellectual Property Rights.

 

(a)                                  The Sellers own exclusively and solely, or have the valid right to use, and have good and marketable title to all of the Seller Intellectual Property, free and clear of all Encumbrances, and in no material respects is any other Intellectual Property used to operate the Business as currently conducted.  None of the Seller Intellectual Property or the commercially available off-the-shelf software used in the Business, or any of the past or current uses of the Seller Intellectual Property or the commercially available off-the-shelf software used in the Business by any of the Sellers, has violated or infringed upon or interfered with, or is violating or infringing upon or interfering with, any Intellectual Property or any right, title or interest in or to any commercially available off-the-shelf software of any person or entity, with the exception of such violation or infringement as would be reasonably expected to result in a loss, liability, damages, judgment, or settlement of less than $25,000.  To the knowledge of Sellers, no person is violating or infringing upon or interfering with, or has violated or infringed upon or interfered with at any time, any Seller Intellectual Property.

 

(b)                                 Section 3.10(b) of the Disclosure Schedule sets forth a complete and accurate list of all (i) registered trademarks, service marks, and copyrights of the Sellers and of Parthenon Ltd., and patents (including, without limitation, reissues and reexamined patents, substitutes, divisions, continuations, continuations-in-part, renewals, and extensions) of the Sellers and of Parthenon Ltd., (ii) trademark, service mark, copyright, and patent applications (including, without limitation, applications for provisional patents and patent reissues, reexaminations, substitutes, divisions, continuations, continuations-in-part, renewals, and extensions) of the Sellers and of Parthenon Ltd., and (iii) filings with any governmental authority regarding trademarks, service marks, copyrights, and patents (including, without limitation, reissues and reexamined patents, substitutes, divisions, continuations, continuations-in-part, renewals, and extensions) owned, held, or used by the Sellers and of Parthenon Ltd. (except as listed pursuant to foregoing subsections (i) or (ii)).

 

(c)                                  Section 3.10(c) of the Disclosure Schedule sets forth a complete list of all material licenses, sublicenses, and other Contracts concerning the Seller Intellectual Property and all commercially available off-the-shelf software used in the Business.

 

(d)                                 None of the Sellers has disclosed, made available, or delivered any trade secret or computer software (in object code or source code), programs, systems, algorithms, menu structures, syntax, and applications to any person to the detriment of the Sellers for the benefit of any person other than the Sellers.  None of the Seller Intellectual Property owned by any of the Sellers is registered in the name of any one or more persons or entities other than the Sellers, including, without limitation, any one or more current or former owners, shareholders, partners, directors, executives, officers, employees, salesmen, agents, customers, representatives or contractors of any Seller, nor does any such person have any right to royalty payments therein or thereto.  No Consent or permission is required from any person for the Sellers to fully exploit any

 

18



 

and all customer information or lists, prospective customer information or lists, or supplier information or lists included in the Assets, other than the Excluded Assets.

 

(e)                                  Set forth on Schedule 3.10(e) of the Disclosure Schedule are all Internet domain names owned, held, registered, or used by any Seller or by Parthenon Ltd.  The Sellers or Parthenon Ltd., as the case may be, are the registrants of all such domain names (and the applicable Seller or Parthenon Ltd. is identified as such in the records of the applicable domain name registrars), and all registrations of domain names are current and in good standing until such dates as set forth on Schedule 3.10(e) of  the Disclosure Schedule.  No action or activity has been taken or is pending to challenge rights to, suspend, cancel or disable any such domain name, any registration therefor, or any right of any Seller thereto (including, but not limited to, the right to use a domain name).  For a period of one (1) year following the Closing Date, the Sellers shall provide prompt written notice to the Buyers of each written notice or communication received by any Seller from an Internet domain name registrar or registry pertaining to such domain names.

 

(f)                                    To the extent that any Seller has any right or license to reproduce, perform, display, distribute, publish, or prepare derivative works based upon a Publication, the Sellers shall, in all material instances, have the right and license to so reproduce, perform, display, distribute, publish, or prepare derivative works based upon the Publication, in whole or in part, by any and all means and in any and all media, forms, and formats, now known or developed in the future, including, but not limited to, paper, electronic, digital, magnetic, optical, and other means, media, forms, and formats, and to do so separately, in combination with other works, or as part of a compilation of works, collective work, database of works, or new work or works, whether or not such other work or works or resulting work or works are in the same medium, form, or format as the work of authorship as delivered to any Seller.

 

(g)                                 To Sellers’ knowledge, consistent with past practices, there is no foreseeable reason why publishing or other deadlines for the publication or distribution of any issue or edition of any of the Publications will not be met.  No Seller has received written notice of any objection from any person to the carrying on of the business of any of the Sellers under the name of any of the Publications.

 

(h)                                 To the extent that any Seller Intellectual Property or Intellectual Property used by Parthenon Ltd. in the ordinary course of its business is computer software (in object code or source code), programs, systems, algorithms, menu structures, syntax, or applications owned, developed, or under development by any Seller or Parthenon Ltd., Schedule 3.10(h) of the Disclosure Schedule sets forth a description of each, the language in which each is written, and the type of hardware platform(s) on which each runs.  With respect to the foregoing, (a) the Sellers maintain machine-readable master-reproducible copies, source code listings, technical documentation and user manuals for the most current releases and versions thereof, (b) it can be maintained and modified by reasonably competent programmers familiar with such language and hardware, and (c) it operates in accordance with the user manuals and technical documentation therefor without material operating defects.  No portion of any such computer software (in object code or source code), programs, systems, algorithms, menu structures, syntax, or applications owned, developed, or under development by any Seller or Parthenon Ltd., and, to the knowledge of the Sellers and Parthenon Ltd., no portion of any such computer software (in object code or source code), programs, systems, algorithms, menu structures, syntax, or applications not owned,

 

19



 

developed, or under development by any Seller or Parthenon Ltd., contains any “back door,” “time bomb,” “Trojan horse,” “worm,” “drop dead device,” “virus” or other software routine, code, or program or hardware component that permits unauthorized access to or use of or disables or erases software, hardware, or data without the consent of the user, or that is intended or designed to do so.

 

3.11.                        Insurance.  The insurance contracts (the “Policies”) maintained by the Sellers are substantially consistent with industry standards, the requirements of any applicable leases and are in at least the minimum amounts required by, and are otherwise sufficient for purposes of, any currently applicable law.  Each of the Policies is valid and enforceable.

 

3.12.                        Tax Matters.

 

(a)                                  For purposes of this Agreement (except in the case of the Parthenon Tax Warranties and the Parthenon Tax Covenant), “Taxes” shall mean (i) any federal, state, provincial, local, territorial and foreign income, profits, franchise, gross receipts, payroll, sales, employment, use, property, real estate, transfer, excise, value added, estimated, stamp, alternative or add- on minimum, environmental, withholding and any other taxes, duties or assessments, together with all interest, penalties and additions imposed with respect to such amounts or (ii) liability for the payment of any amounts of the type described in clause (i) as a result of being a party to any agreement or any express or implied obligations to indemnify any other person.  For purposes of this Agreement, “Tax Returns” shall mean any return, declaration, report, claim for refund, or information return or statement relating to Taxes, including any schedule or attachment thereto, and including any amendment thereof.  “Post-Closing Tax Period” shall mean any Tax period or portion thereof commencing after the Closing Date.  For purposes of this Agreement, “Pre-Closing Tax Period” shall mean any Tax period or portion thereof ending on or before the Closing Date.

 

(b)                                 There are no Tax liens with respect to the Assets other than for Taxes not yet due and payable.

 

(c)                                  The Sellers have timely paid all material Taxes payable for the Pre-Closing Tax Period which will have been required to be paid on or prior to the Closing Date, the non-payment of which would result in a lien on any Asset, or would result in the Buyers becoming liable or responsible therefor.

 

(d)                                 The Sellers have withheld from the salaries, wages, and other compensation of any Employee (or former employees) or independent contractor related to the Business all material Taxes related to the Business and required to be so withheld, for all periods for which the statutory period of limitations for the assessment of such Tax has not yet expired, and all forms W-2 and 1099 with respect thereto have been properly completed and filed.

 

(e)                                  All documents which are in the possession or under the control of the Sellers and which are necessary to establish the title of the Sellers to any of the Assets and which attract stamp duty in the United Kingdom have been duly stamped.

 

(f)                                    CRC Press U.K. is registered for the purposes of the Value Added Tax Act 1994 in respect of the U.K. Business carried on by it and has complied in all material respects

 

20



 

with the terms of that Act and all regulations made and notices issued thereunder.  CRC Press U.K. has not elected to waive the exemption pursuant to paragraph 2 of Schedule 10 to the Value Added Tax Act 1994 in respect of any of the Leased Real Properties situated in the U.K.  CRC Press U.K. has not in relation to the U.K. Business carried on by it made any exempt supplies such that it is unable to obtain full credit for input tax paid or suffered by it and the Assets of the U.K. Business carried on by CRC Press U.K. include no capital items within the meaning of Part XV of the Value Added Tax Regulations 1995.

 

(g)                                 For the avoidance of doubt, this Section 3.12 shall not include any representation or warranty in relation to the tax affairs of Parthenon Ltd., which shall be dealt with in the Parthenon Tax Warranties.

 

3.13.                        Employment and Benefits.

 

(a)                                  Labor Controversies.  (i) The Sellers are each in compliance in all material respects with all applicable Laws respecting employment and employment practices, terms and conditions of employment, wages and hours, and health and safety; (ii) there is no unfair labor practice charge or complaint, question concerning representation, or compliance proceeding against the Sellers pending before the National Labor Relations Board; (iii) there is no labor strike, dispute, slowdown or stoppage actually pending or threatened against or affecting the Sellers; and (iv) none of the Sellers are a party to, or subject to, a collective bargaining agreement, and no collective bargaining agreement relating to employees of the Sellers or Parthenon Ltd. is currently being negotiated and, to the knowledge of the Sellers, there is no activity or Proceeding by any labor organization or other group seeking to represent the Employees or to organize any of the Employees.

 

(b)                                 Employee Benefit Plans.

 

(i)                                     For purposes of this Agreement, “Benefit Plans” shall mean all “employee benefit plans” (within the meaning of Section 3(3) of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended “ERISA”), including, without limitation, “multiemployer plans” within the meaning of Sections 3(37) and 4001(a)(3) of ERISA), retirement, savings, stock purchase, stock option, severance, employment, change-in-control, fringe benefit, collective bargaining, bonus, incentive, deferred compensation and all other employee benefit plans, agreements, programs, policies or other arrangements (whether or not subject to ERISA).  Section 3.13(b)(i) of the Disclosure Schedule sets forth a list of each Benefit Plan as to which both (A) any employee of the Sellers or Parthenon Ltd. (collectively, the “Employees”), or former employees, has any present or future right to benefits and (B) the Sellers or Parthenon Ltd. have any present or future liability (each, a “Seller Benefit Plan”).

 

(ii)                                  With respect to each Seller Benefit Plan, the Sellers have made available to the Buyers a copy or written description thereof.

 

(iii)                               Each Seller Benefit Plan has been established and administered in accordance with its terms and is in compliance with the applicable provisions of ERISA, the Code and other applicable Laws, in all material respects.

 

(iv)                              Neither the Sellers nor Parthenon Ltd. sponsors, contributes to or

 

21



 

has any liability with respect to any Benefit Plan subject to Title IV of ERISA.

 

(v)                                 Neither the Sellers nor Parthenon Ltd. sponsors, contributes to or has any liability with respect to any medical, health or dental benefits plan or program under which benefits are paid in full or in part from its general assets.

 

(vi)                              Neither the Sellers nor Parthenon Ltd. sponsors, contributes to or has any liability respect to any “excess benefit plan”, as described in  Section 4(b)(5) of ERISA or “deferred compensation” plan or program as described in Section 301(a)(3) of ERISA.

 

(c)                                  Employment Contracts.  Except as set forth at Section 3.13(e) of the Disclosure Schedule, there are no employment contracts between the Sellers or Parthenon Ltd., on the one hand, and the Employees, on the other hand, other than contracts representing the standard terms and conditions of employment prevailing between the Sellers, Parthenon Ltd. and their respective Employees.

 

(d)                                 Payment of Wages and Benefits.  As of February 21, 2003, the Sellers had paid all salaries, wages, bonuses, vacation pay, miscellaneous employee benefit expenses, employer’s portion of Social Security, Medicare premiums, federal and state employment taxes, healthcare and workers’ compensation costs and state unemployment taxes with respect to all of their Employees (and former employees) and to all Employees (and former employees) due and payable as of such date and the Sellers have and will continue to pay all such amounts as they become due and payable through Closing.

 

(e)                                  Names, Pay Rates, and Work Locations.  Section 3.13(e) of the Disclosure Schedule lists all of the Employees and (a) their titles, if any; (b) their work locations; (c) their dates of hire; (d) their current salaries or wages; (e) any specific bonus, commission or incentive plans or agreements for or with them; and (f) any outstanding loans or advances made to them.

 

(f)                                    U.K. Employment.  (i) Schedule 3.13(f) lists all Employees of the U.K. Business (the “TUPE Employees”) and the Employees of Parthenon Ltd. (together, the “Transferred U.K. Employees”) and no persons other than the Transferred U.K. Employees are employed by Parthenon Ltd. or are employees of the U.K. Business.  (ii) The Disclosure Schedule contains copies of all the:  (x) standard terms and conditions, staff handbooks and policies which apply to the Transferred U.K. Employees; and (y) terms of employment which apply to the Transferred U.K. Employees and which are variations from the standard terms and conditions.  (iii) Save as specified in the Disclosure Schedule the Sellers have not entered into any agreement or arrangement for the management or operation of its business or any part thereof other than with those of the Transferred U.K. Employees.  (iv) IHI and the Sellers have not entered into any agreement and no event has occurred which may involve IHI and the Sellers in the future acquiring any undertaking or part of one such that the Transfer of Undertakings (Protection of Employment) Regulations 1981 (as amended) (the “U.K. Employment Legislation”) may apply thereto.  (v) Within the one (1) year preceding the date hereof, IHI and the Sellers have not been engaged or involved in any trade dispute (as defined in section 218 of the Trade Union and Labour Relations (Consolidation) Act 1992) (“TULR (C)A”) with any Transferred U.K. Employee, trade union, staff association or any other body representing any Transferred U.K. Employee.  (vi) Save as set out in the Disclosure Schedule, in relation to the TUPE Employees,

 

22



 

IHI and the Sellers have complied with its or their obligations to inform and consult with trade unions and other representatives of workers under the U.K. Employment Legislation.  (vii) Save as set forth in the Disclosure Schedule,  no Transferred U.K. Employee:  (x) has given or received notice to terminate his employment; and (y) is on secondment, maternity leave or absent on long term sickness or other leave of absence; and there are no outstanding offers of employment or engagement to work in the U.K. Business and no person has accepted such an offer but not yet taken up the position accepted.  (viii) Save as set out in the Disclosure Schedule, no TUPE Employee has indicated any objection to the transfer of the Business to the Buyer under the U.K. Employment Legislation, and as far as IHI and the Sellers are aware no such objection is pending or threatened.

 

(g)                                 U.K. Pensions.  The Sellers: (i) have no obligations (whether legally binding or not) to: (a) pay any pension; or (b) make any other payment on or after retirement or death or during periods of sickness or disability (whether of a temporary or permanent nature); or (c) otherwise to provide “relevant benefits” (within the meaning of section 612 Taxes Act 1988) to, or in respect, of any of the Transferred U.K. Employees (or their spouses or dependants); and (ii) are not a party to or obliged to contribute to any scheme or arrangement (including a personal pension scheme as defined in section 630 Taxes Act 1988) having as its purpose or one of its purposes the making of any such payments, or the provision of any such benefits, as are mentioned in sub-paragraph (a) above.  No undertaking or assurance has been given to any of the Transferred U.K. Employees (or their spouses or dependants) as to the continuance or introduction or improvement of any benefits referred to in this Section 3.13(g) which the Sellers would be required to implement in accordance with good industrial relations practice, whether or not there is any legal obligation to do so.

 

3.14.                        Permits, Licenses and Franchises.  All material permits, licenses, approvals, franchises, authorizations, exemptions, classifications, registrations, and similar documents or instruments issued by any governmental entity to any Seller necessary for the Business as currently conducted (collectively, the “Permits”), are listed in Section 3.14 of the Disclosure Schedule.  All Permits are valid and in full force and effect.  Each Permit has been duly obtained and, to the knowledge of the Sellers is not subject to any pending or threatened administrative or judicial proceeding to revoke, cancel or declare such Permit invalid in any material respect.  The Permits are sufficient and adequate in all material respects to permit the continued lawful conduct of the Business in the manner now conducted and as has been proposed by the Sellers to be conducted, and none of the operations of the Business is being conducted in a manner that violates in any material respect any of the terms or conditions under which any Permit was granted.  The Sellers are in compliance in all material respects with all terms required for the continued effectiveness of each such Permit, and there is no pending or, to the knowledge of the Sellers, threatened, revocation or involuntary non-renewal of any such Permit.

 

3.15.                        Environmental Laws.  Each of the Sellers in relation to the Assets (including for the avoidance of doubt the Transferred U.K. Employees) and Parthenon Ltd. and/or the Business, has obtained, maintained in effect and is in compliance with and has no liability under all licenses, permits, registrations, approvals and other authorizations required under all applicable Laws, regulations and other requirements of governmental or regulatory authorities relating to pollution or to health, safety (including worker safety) or to the protection of the environment, including without limitation, natural resources (all such Laws, regulations, licenses, Permits,

 

23



 

registrations, approvals, authorizations and requirements being collectively referred to as “Environmental Laws”) and is, and has been, in compliance with all and has no liability (including liability to upgrade premises or work places) under Environmental Laws (whether or not enforced), except where the failure to obtain, maintain or comply or the liability would not have a Material Adverse Effect.  Without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing, there has been no release or, to the knowledge of the Sellers, threatened release of any Hazardous Material to the environment originating at, on, from or in connection with any of the Leased Real Property or properties owned, used or occupied by Parthenon Ltd. at any time, or the Sellers’ or Parthenon Ltd.’s operations thereat during the period that the Sellers have owned, used, leased or occupied the same, except for any such releases that would not have a Material Adverse Effect.  Neither the Sellers nor Parthenon Ltd. have received written notice of nor, to the knowledge of Sellers, is there any alleged violation of or liability under any Environmental Laws in connection with the present or past businesses or properties of the Sellers or Parthenon Ltd., including without limitation off-site waste disposal, and there exists no writ, injunction, decree, order or judgment outstanding, nor any lawsuit, proceeding, citation, summons or government agency investigation relating thereto, except, in any case, for any such matters that would not have a Material Adverse Effect.  This Section 3.15 is the sole and exclusive representation as to environmental matters.  To the extent (and only to the extent) that the foregoing warranties of this Section 3.15 are made in relation to Parthenon Ltd., such warranties shall be read to the extent they relate to Parthenon Ltd. as though prefaced and/or limited by the words “to the knowledge of the Sellers” and for the avoidance of doubt, the foregoing provision shall not apply generally in relation to the warranties at Section 3.15 and not to any other warranties in this Agreement.

 

3.16.                        Compliance with Laws.  The Business and operations of the Sellers have not been, and are not being, conducted in violation in any material respect of any applicable Laws.  No Seller has received written notice of any violations of Laws, the effect of which would be material to the Business or to any of the Assets.

 

3.17.                        Material Assets.  The Assets are in the possession of the Sellers and represent in all material respects all of the property that is necessary to the conduct of the Business as now conducted and as presently contemplated to be conducted by the Sellers.  There are no Assets other than the Excluded Assets used by, or owned by, the Sellers that are not being sold hereunder to the Buyers.

 

3.18.                        Finders; Brokers.  With the exception of fees and expenses payable to The Van Tulleken Company, which shall be the Sellers’ sole responsibility, the Sellers are not a party to any agreement with any finder or broker or in any way obligated to any finder or broker for any commissions, fees or expenses in connection with the origin, negotiation, execution or performance of this Agreement or anything in it.

 

3.19.                        No Other Representations and Warranties.  Except for the representations and warranties of the Sellers, neither IHI nor any Seller, or any other person, makes any other express or implied representation or warranty on behalf of the Sellers or IHI, including, without limitation, representations or warranties as to the probable success or profitability of the ownership, use or operation of the Assets by the Buyers after the Closing.

 

24



 

SECTION 4.
REPRESENTATIONS OF THE BUYERS

 

The Buyers, jointly and severally, represent and warrant as follows:

 

4.1.                              Corporate Existence.

 

(a)                                  The U.S. Buyer is a corporation duly organized and validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its incorporation and has the requisite power and authority to own, lease and operate the Assets and to carry on its business as the same is now being conducted.  The U.S. Buyer is duly authorized, qualified or licensed to do business as a foreign corporation and in good standing in every jurisdiction where, by reason of the nature of its business or the character of the Assets, the failure to be so qualified would have a material adverse effect on the ability of the Buyers to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby (a “Buyer Material Adverse Effect”).

 

(b)                                 The U.K. Buyer is a private company limited by shares and organized under the laws of England and Wales, duly organized and validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its incorporation and has the requisite power and authority to own, lease and operate the Assets and to carry on its business as the same is now being conducted.  The U.K. Buyer is duly authorized, qualified or licensed to do business as a foreign corporation and in good standing in every jurisdiction where, by reason of the nature of its business or the character of the Assets, the failure to be so qualified would have a Buyer Material Adverse Effect.

 

4.2.                              Corporate Authority.  This Agreement and the consummation of all of the transactions provided for herein have been duly authorized by the respective Board of Directors of the Buyers and have been duly authorized by all requisite corporate, shareholder or other action prior to Closing by the Buyers, and each of the Buyers have full power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement and to perform their respective obligations hereunder.  This Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by the Buyers, and constitutes a valid and legally binding obligation of each of the Buyers, enforceable in accordance with its terms, except as enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency fraudulent transfer, reorganization, moratorium and similar Laws of general applicability affecting the enforcement of creditor’s rights and to general principles of equity.  The execution and delivery of this Agreement by the Buyers or the consummation by the Buyers of the transactions contemplated, hereby will not violate or conflict with any provision of the Certificate of Incorporation or By-Laws of the U.S. Buyer or the Memorandum or Articles of Association of the U.K. Buyer, or result in any breach or constitute any default under, or Encumbrance upon, any material contract or indenture, mortgage, lease, license, grant or note to which the Buyers are subject or are a party.

 

4.3.                              Governmental Approvals; Consents.  The execution and delivery of this Agreement and all other documents contemplated hereunder do not violate any order, judgment or decree to which the Buyers are subject.  No claim, legal action, suit, arbitration, governmental investigation, action, or other legal or administrative Proceeding is pending or, to the knowledge of the Buyers, threatened against the Buyers which would enjoin or delay the transactions contemplated hereby.  No Consent is or has been required on the part of the Buyers in connection with the execution and delivery of this Agreement or the consummation of the transactions

 

25



 

contemplated hereby except for (a) notification pursuant to, and expiration or termination of the waiting period under, the Hart-Scott Act and notification pursuant to, and appropriate clearances (or deemed clearances) having been obtained in respect of the German Act against Restraints of Competition and the Austrian Cartel Act, and (b) such Consents, the failure of which to obtain or make would not have a Buyer Material Adverse Effect.

 

4.4.                              Finders; Brokers.  Neither Buyer is a party to any agreement with any finder or broker, or in any way obligated to any finder or broker for any commissions, fees or expenses, in connection with the origin, negotiation, execution or performance of this Agreement.

 

4.5.                              Financial Capacity.  The Buyers have in hand cash or have obtained a commitment letter from a lender satisfactory to the Buyers (the “Buyers’ Lender”) sufficient for financing the transactions contemplated by this Agreement (the “Financing Commitment”).

 

4.6.                              No Other Representations or Warranties.  Except for the representations and warranties contained in this Section 4, neither of the Buyers nor any other person makes any other express or implied representation or warranty on behalf of the Buyers.

 

SECTION 5.
AGREEMENTS OF THE BUYERS AND THE SELLERS

 

5.1.                              Operation of the Business.  Except as disclosed in Section 5.1 of the Disclosure Schedule, the Sellers covenant that until the Closing they will, and will cause Parthenon Ltd. to, in a manner consistent with their respective past practices, to maintain and preserve intact the Business and to maintain the ordinary and customary relationships of their authors, suppliers, customers and other businesses having business relationships with any of them, with a view toward preserving for the Buyers to and after the Closing Date the Business, the Assets and the goodwill associated therewith.  Until the Closing Date, the Sellers shall (i) use their commercially reasonable efforts to maintain all their or Parthenon Ltd.’s tangible assets owned or used by Sellers in the Business in good condition and repair (subject to normal wear and tear), (ii) maintain their and Parthenon Ltd.’s insurance policies and Permits in connection with or relating to the Business in full force and effect, (iii) use their commercially reasonable efforts to repair, restore or replace any of their or Parthenon Ltd.’s assets used in the Business that are damaged, destroyed, lost or stolen, (iv) use their commercially reasonable efforts to comply with all applicable Contracts, Permits and laws, including without limitation, common law, rules, ordinances, codes and regulations of any national (U.S. or foreign), state or local government, agency or body in any jurisdiction (“Laws”) relating to or for the benefit of the Business, (v) properly file all Tax Returns, annual reports and other returns and reports required to be filed by them with respect to the Business or Assets, and (vi) fully pay when due all Taxes and fees payable by them or Parthenon Ltd. with respect to the Business or Assets.  The Sellers shall maintain and shall cause Parthenon Ltd. to maintain their corporate existence and good standing in their respective jurisdictions of incorporation or organization.  Until the Closing Date, the Sellers shall, and shall cause Parthenon Ltd. to, continue to operate and conduct the Business in the ordinary course, and maintain their respective Books and Records in accordance with past practice and will not, without the prior written approval of the Buyers, except as set forth in Section 5.1 of the Disclosure Schedule or with respect to the Excluded Assets or Excluded

 

26



 

Liabilities, take any of the following actions (excluding any such actions as are consistent with the Sellers’ existing business plans and that have been disclosed to Buyers in writing):

 

(a)                                  sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of or encumber any of their properties (including any termination, or the giving of a notice to terminate, a lease or tenancy) or Assets, other than in the ordinary course of business;

 

(b)                                 cancel any material debts or waive any material claims or rights, except in the ordinary course of business;

 

(c)                                  increase or grant any increase in the compensation of officers or Employees, except for increases (i) in the ordinary course of business and consistent with past practice, or (ii) as required by any Benefit Plan;

 

(d)                                 make any capital expenditure or commitment, other than (i) in the ordinary course of business, or (ii) pursuant to existing commitments or business plans that have been disclosed to Buyer in writing; provided, that in no event shall any capital expenditure exceed $30,000;

 

(e)                                  commence litigation or arbitration proceedings or, except in the normal course of business, compromise, settle, or release such proceedings or waive material rights in relation to such proceedings;

 

(f)                                    except with respect to endorsement of negotiable instruments in the ordinary course of business, incur, assume or guarantee any indebtedness for borrowed money other than (i) indebtedness for borrowed money incurred in the ordinary course of business or (ii) refundings of existing indebtedness;

 

(g)                                 create, alter, issue, acquire, reduce, repay or redeem any Parthenon Shares;

 

(h)                                 agree or undertake, whether in writing or otherwise, to do any of the following: (i) adopt, sponsor or enter into any new Benefit Plan or modify any existing Benefit Plan for any Employees (or former employees) or amend the terms of employment or engagement of any Employee (except in the usual course of business) or employ, engage, or terminate the employment or engagement of any Employee, except for any such termination “for cause” and except in the ordinary course of business, (ii) participate in any merger, consolidation or reorganization except with regard to Parthenon Inc., (iii) begin to engage in any new type of business or enter into a material long-term agreement or obligation outside the ordinary course of business, (iv) acquire the business or any bulk assets of any other person engaged in a business similar to the Business, (v) completely or partially liquidate or dissolve, or (vi) terminate any material part of the Business.

 

5.2.                              Investigation of Business.  The Buyers may, prior to the Closing Date, make or cause to be made such investigation of the Business and of the financial and legal condition of the Sellers as the Buyers deem necessary or advisable.  The Sellers will permit the Buyers and their authorized agents or representatives, including their independent accountants, to have full access to the Business, Books and Records at reasonable hours to review information and documentation relative to the properties, books, Contracts and commitments relating to the Assets and the

 

27



 

Assumed Liabilities.  The Buyers and their representatives will hold in confidence all confidential information obtained from the Sellers, their officers, agents, representatives or employees in accordance with the provisions of the letter dated October 24, 2002 between the Buyers and the Sellers (the “Confidentiality Letter”).

 

5.3.                              Mutual Cooperation; No Inconsistent Action.

 

(a)                                  Subject to the terms and conditions hereof, the Sellers and the Buyers agree to use their reasonable best efforts to take, or cause to be taken, all actions and to do, or cause to be done, all things necessary, proper or advisable to consummate and make effective the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, including but not limited to, (i) such consents and approvals as may be required under the Hart-Scott-Rodino Antitrust Improvements Act of 1976, as amended (the “Hart-Scott Act”) and any similar foreign legislation (including, without limitation, the German Act against Restraints of Competition and the Austrian Cartel Act), and (ii) any Consents required for the assignment to the Buyers of the Contracts set forth in Section 5.3 of the Disclosure Schedule.

 

(b)                                 The Buyers and the Sellers shall timely and promptly make all filings which may be required by each of them in connection with the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby under the Hart-Scott Act and any similar foreign legislation (including, without limitation, the German Act against Restraints of Competition and the Austrian Cartel Act).  Each party shall furnish to the other such necessary information and assistance as the other party may reasonably request in connection with the preparation of any necessary filings or submissions by it to any U. S. or foreign governmental agency, including, without limitation, any filings necessary under the provisions of the Hart-Scott Act, the German Act against Restraints of Competition and the Austrian Cartel Act.  Each party shall provide the other party the opportunity to make copies of all correspondence, filings or communications (or memoranda setting forth the substance thereof) between such party or its representatives, on the one hand, and the Federal Trade Commission (the “FTC”), the Antitrust Division of the United States Department of Justice (the “Antitrust Division”) or any similar foreign governmental agency or members of their respective staffs, on the other hand, with respect to this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby.

 

(c)                                  The Sellers and the Buyers shall each notify and keep the other advised as to (i) any litigation or administrative Proceeding pending and known to such party, or to its knowledge threatened, which challenges the transactions contemplated hereby and (ii) any event or circumstance which would constitute a breach of their respective representations and warranties in this Agreement, provided that the failure of the Sellers or the Buyers to comply with clause (ii) shall not subject the Sellers or the Buyers to any liability hereunder except as and to the extent the Sellers or the Buyers would be responsible for a breach of such representations and warranties pursuant to Section 8 (including, without limitation, the limitations on recovery and the time periods for bringing claims thereunder).  The Sellers and the Buyers shall not take any action inconsistent with their obligations under this Agreement or which would materially hinder or delay the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

 

(d)                                 With respect to the Leases set forth in Section 5.3 of the Disclosure Schedule, if requested by the landlords thereunder in order to effect an assignment thereof, the

 

28



 

Buyers agree to name as an assignee, or have the Leases being assigned guaranteed by, a person with creditworthiness at least as great as that of CRC Press; provided, however, that in no event shall such person or assignee assume or be responsible for any Obligations to the extent inconsistent with the Obligations of the Buyers under this Agreement.

 

(e)                                  IHI and the Sellers agree to procure that the joint account described in clause 7 of the Parthenon Acquisition Agreement is terminated prior to the Closing.  To the extent that such funds have not been so returned, then such joint account shall be operated in accordance with the Buyers’ instructions following the Closing Date.

 

5.4.                              Public Disclosures.  Each party will issue a press release promptly after signing this Agreement, and shall give the other parties hereto an opportunity to review such press release prior to its disclosure.  Other than the issuance of such press release, the parties agree that, prior to the Closing Date, neither the Buyers nor the Sellers will issue any press release or make any other public disclosures concerning this transaction or the contents of this Agreement without the prior written consent of the other party.  Notwithstanding the above, nothing in this Section 5.4 will preclude any party from making any disclosures required by law or regulation or necessary and proper in conjunction with the filing of any tax return or other document required to be filed with any governmental body, authority or agency whether foreign, federal, state or local.

 

5.5.                              Access to Records and Personnel.

 

(a)                                  The parties shall retain the books, records, documents, instruments, accounts, correspondence, writings, evidences of title and other papers relating to the Assets and the Assumed Liabilities in their possession (the “Books and Records”) for the period of time set forth in their respective records retention policies on the Closing Date or for such longer period as may be required by law or any applicable court order.

 

(b)                                 The parties will allow each other reasonable access to such Books and Records, and to personnel having knowledge of the whereabouts and/or contents of such Books and Records, for legitimate business reasons, such as the preparation of tax returns or the defense of litigation.  Following the Closing, each party shall be entitled to recover its reasonable out-of-pocket costs (including, without limitation, copying costs) incurred in providing such records and/or personnel to the other party.  The requesting party will hold in confidence all confidential information identified as such by, and obtained from, the disclosing party, any of its officers, agents, representatives or employees, provided, however, that information which (i) was in the public domain; (ii) was in fact known to the requesting party on a non-confidential basis prior to disclosure by the disclosing party, its officers, agents, representatives or employees; or (iii) becomes known to the requesting party from or through a third party not under an obligation of non-disclosure to the disclosing party, shall not be deemed to be confidential information.

 

(c)                                  Prior to the Closing Date, and with the consent of the Sellers and Parthenon Ltd. (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld), the Sellers and Parthenon Ltd. will allow representatives of the Buyers reasonable access to the Transferred U.K. Employees in order that the Buyers can negotiate substantially equivalent terms and conditions of employment with any such Transferred U.K. Employees, which may include restrictive covenants, such terms and conditions to take effect on the Closing Date.

 

29



 

5.6.                              Employee Relations and Benefits.

 

(a)                                  Conduct Prior to Closing Date.  Prior to the Closing Date, neither the Buyers nor their respective affiliates shall take any action to cause the Sellers or Parthenon Ltd. to terminate the employment of any Employee, and neither the Sellers nor Parthenon Ltd. shall be under any obligation to terminate any Employee.

 

(b)                                 Continuity of Employment.   The parties hereto intend that there shall be continuity of employment with respect to all Employees who were employed by the Sellers and Parthenon Ltd. immediately prior to the Closing Date.

 

(c)                                  Offers of Employment.  Prior to the Closing Date, the Buyers shall offer at-will employment to (i) the Employees set forth on Section 5.6(c)(i) of the Disclosure Schedule and (ii) all other persons employed by the Sellers immediately prior to Closing excluding the TUPE Employees and Employees of Parthenon Ltd. (the “Offer Employees”).  Offer Employees who accept the Buyers’ letter of employment are together with the Transferred U.K. Employees referred to collectively as “Transferred Employees.

 

(d)                                 Comparable Benefits.  For one year following the Closing Date and effective as of the Closing Date the Buyers shall, to the extent practicable, offer such compensation and benefits (including, but not limited to, health, welfare, pension, vacation, savings and severance benefits) to the Transferred Employees which are substantially equivalent in the aggregate to the compensation and benefits that are in effect for such employees immediately prior to the Closing.

 

(e)                                  Benefit Plan Participation.  Except as expressly provided in this Section 5.6 or except as otherwise required by applicable law, the Transferred Employees shall cease active participation in (and accrual of additional benefits under) all Seller Benefit Plans as of the Closing Date.

 

(f)                                    Employment Liabilities.  Except as otherwise specifically provided in this Section 5.6 or Section 1.6, the Buyers shall be responsible and liable for (i) all liabilities and obligations relating to the participation of the Transferred Employees under the Seller Benefit Plans on or after the Closing Date (including, but not limited to, medical, dental and life insurance benefits for the benefit of Transferred Employees who are receiving disability income payments under any Benefit Plan, but excluding long-term disability income benefits payable to the Transferred Employees for long-term disability claims in pay status prior to the Closing) and (ii) all liabilities and obligations in connection with the employment (or termination of employment) of the Transferred Employees arising on or after Closing Date, including the assumption of any applicable employment or severance agreements with respect to the Transferred Employees.  Likewise, the Sellers shall be liable and shall hold the Buyers harmless for any liabilities and obligations relating to the employment of the Transferred Employees that are incurred prior to Closing, regardless of when payable, to the extent such liabilities and obligations are not reflected on the face of the Final Closing Statement, save for Obligations arising from a failure by the Buyers to comply with their obligations under Regulation 10(3) of the U.K. Employment Legislation in relation to the TUPE Employees.

 

30



 

(g)                                 TUPE Employees. (i) The Sellers shall retain the services of the TUPE Employees with the intent that their contracts of employment shall continue in force until the Closing and then be transferred to the Buyer under the U.K. Employment Legislation and shall comply, until the Closing, with all its obligations under the said contracts of employment, under statute and under any agreement with any trade union.  (ii) The Sellers shall discharge and hereby undertakes to indemnify the Buyers’ Group against all liabilities, obligations, costs, claims and demands arising from or in respect of: (a) any person other than the TUPE Employees who are or have been at any time prior to Closing engaged to any extent in the U.K. Business; and (b) any obligation to inform and consult representatives of the U.K. Employees under the U.K. Employment Legislation, save for obligations arising from a failure by the Buyers to comply with their own obligations under Regulation 10(3) of the U.K. Employment Legislation in relation to the TUPE Employees.

 

(h)                                 Defined Contribution Plans.

 

(i)                                     Vesting; Participation.  As of the Closing Date, the Sellers shall cause all Transferred Employees to be fully vested in their account balances under the Information Ventures L.L.C. 401 Savings and Retirement Plan (the “Savings Plan”) and, as of such date, the active participation by Transferred Employees in the Savings Plan shall cease.

 

(ii)                                  Distribution of Plan Assets.  The Sellers shall cause the account balances of Transferred Employees under the Savings Plan to be available for distribution to the Transferred Employees.  The Buyers shall allow Transferred Employees who have elected to take such distributions and who are then employed by either of the Buyers to transfer such account balances to a defined contribution plan that is intended to meet the qualification requirements of Code Section 401(a) that includes a cash or deferred arrangement under Code Section 401(k) and that covers such Transferred Employees (the “Buyer Savings Plan”).

 

(iii)                               Cooperation.  The Sellers and the Buyers shall provide each other with such records and information as may be necessary or appropriate to carry out their obligations under this Section 5.6(h), and shall cooperate in taking such other actions as may reasonably be required to effect the distribution and transfer of assets and liabilities as described in this Section 5.6(h).

 

(i)                                     Liability For Insurance Claims.  In respect of insured claims arising out of the conduct of the Sellers or Parthenon Ltd. which are assumed by the Buyers as of the Closing, including without limitation, workers compensation, general liability, product liability and vehicle liability (hereinafter collectively “Claims”), until such time as the Buyers provide the Sellers with satisfactory evidence that it has made arrangements through its own insurance companies and administrators to promptly process and pay such Claims, the Sellers shall process and pay such Claims and the Buyers hereby agree to, without duplication, promptly reimburse the Sellers for any amounts paid and costs incurred in respect of such Claims.

 

(j)                                     Welfare Plans.  With respect to any “welfare benefit plan” (as defined in Section 3(1) of ERISA) provided by the Buyers for the benefit of Transferred Employees on and after the Closing, the Buyers shall (i) cause to be waived any pre-existing condition limitations, if required by law and (ii) give effect, in determining any deductible and maximum out-of-pocket

 

31



 

limitations, to claims incurred and amounts paid by, and amounts reimbursed to, such employees with respect to similar plans maintained by the Sellers or Parthenon Ltd. immediately prior to the Closing.  The Seller shall be responsible for welfare benefit claims of Transferred Employees made with respect to treatments, covered services and/or benefits rendered to or received by such Transferred Employees as of or before the Closing Date.

 

(k)                                  Accrued Vacation.  To the extent of the accrued liability set forth on the  face of the Final Closing Statement:  (i) with respect to any accrued but unused vacation time to which any Transferred Employee is entitled pursuant to the vacation policy applicable to such employee immediately prior to the Closing (the “Vacation Policy”), the Buyers shall allow such Transferred Employee to use such accrued vacation to the extent permitted by Law; (ii) if the Buyers deem it necessary to disallow such Employee from taking such accrued vacation, the Buyers shall be liable for and pay in cash to such Employee an amount equal to such vacation time in accordance with terms of the Vacation Policy to the extent required by law; and (iii) the Buyers shall be liable for and pay in cash an amount equal to such accrued vacation time to any Transferred Employee whose employment terminates for any reason subsequent to Closing.

 

(l)                                     Severance.  The Buyers shall provide severance benefits to the Transferred Employees who are terminated by the Buyers after the Closing for reasons other than for cause or serious individual misconduct, which severance benefits shall be at least as favorable as those provided by the Sellers immediately prior to the Closing.  The severance policy of the Sellers is, and has been since February 2002, to provide any Employee (other than the TUPE Employees and the Parthenon Ltd. Employees) whose employment is terminated for reasons other than for cause with one week pay for each completed year of service; provided, that the minimum severance paid to any such Employee is equal to two weeks pay and the maximum severance paid to any such Employee shall be equal to twenty-six weeks pay.

 

(m)                               Service Credit.  With respect to the Transferred Employees, the Buyers shall recognize all service with the Sellers and Parthenon Ltd. for purposes of eligibility and vesting under the benefit plans and severance policy provided by the Buyers for the benefit of Transferred Employees on or after the Closing to the extent permitted by Law and the Buyers’ benefits plans.

 

(n)                                 WARN Act.  The Buyers agree to provide any required notice under the Worker Adjustment and Retraining Notification Act and any other applicable law (“WARN”) and to otherwise comply with any such statute with respect to any “plant closing” or “mass layoff” (as defined in WARN) or similar event affecting Transferred Employees and occurring on or after the Closing or arising as a result of the transactions contemplated hereby.  The Sellers shall be exclusively responsible for any WARN obligations that arise from terminations occurring prior to the Closing, and the Sellers represent that they have not and will not effect any layoffs in the 90 days prior to the Closing that will be subject to aggregation with any layoffs that may be effected by the Buyers subject to the terms of WARN, other than in the ordinary course of business (and excluding out of the ordinary course economic layoffs).

 

(o)                                 COBRA.  To the extent practical, the Buyers agree to provide each “M&A Qualified Beneficiary” (within the meaning of Treasury Regulation Section 54.49808-9) with any notice required in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby under the Consolidated

 

32



 

Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1985, as amended (“COBRA”), and to provide continuation coverage under COBRA with respect to each M&A Qualified Beneficiary.

 

(p)                                 No Rights Conferred on Employees.  Nothing herein, expressed or implied, shall confer upon any Employee or former employee of the Sellers or Parthenon Ltd. or any of their affiliates (including, without limitation, the Transferred Employees), any rights or remedies, including, without limitation, any right to employment or continued employment for any specified period of any nature or kind whatsoever, under or by reason of this Agreement.

 

(q)                                 Flexible Spending Account.  The Sellers shall be responsible for any benefit claims of Transferred Employees made with respect to treatments, expenses, covered services and/or benefits rendered or received by or with respect to the Transferred Employees under IHI’s Flexible Spending Account Plan described in Section 3.13 of the Disclosure Schedule.

 

5.7.                              Transition Services.  Except for the Sellers’ duty to cooperate at their expense with the Buyers as provided elsewhere in this Agreement, for a period not to exceed six (6) months from the Closing, Sellers agree to make available to Buyers, at commercially reasonable rates (but in any event not more than the rates as were charged for such services as reflected in the Financial Statements, or the Accounts (in respect of Parthenon Ltd.)), such services as Buyers may reasonably request that Sellers or Sellers’ affiliates furnished during the prior twelve (12) months.

 

5.8.                              Non-Solicitation of Employees.

 

(a)                                  Until the Closing shall have actually occurred, the Buyers and the Sellers acknowledge that they remain subject to the Confidentiality Letter, notwithstanding Section 5.4.  The Sellers and Buyers further acknowledge that the value to the Sellers and Buyers of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement would be substantially diminished if the Sellers or Buyers or any of their respective affiliates were to solicit the employment of any employee of the other or their respective affiliates (other than pursuant to Section 5.6 prior to the Closing Date).  Accordingly, the parties agree that, for a period of two (2) years following the date hereof, neither the Sellers, IHI, Parthenon Ltd., Taylor & Francis Group plc nor the Buyers, or any of their respective affiliates, shall directly or indirectly solicit the employment of any person who is an employee of the Sellers, IHI, Parthenon Ltd., Taylor & Francis Group plc, the Buyers, or any of their respective affiliates; provided, however, that the foregoing provision (i) will terminate with respect to the Buyers, Parthenon Ltd. and Taylor & Francis Group plc insofar as such provision relates to the employees of the Sellers or Parthenon Ltd. and (ii) will not prevent the Sellers, IHI, Parthenon Ltd., Taylor & Francis Group plc, the Buyers, or any of their respective affiliates from hiring any employee of the Sellers, IHI, Parthenon Ltd., Taylor & Francis Group plc or the Buyers, as the case may be, or any of their respective affiliates (i) who responds to a public advertisement placed in any medium by or on behalf of such party, (ii) who has not been employed by the Sellers, IHI, Parthenon Ltd., Taylor & Francis Group plc, the Buyers, or their respective affiliates during the six (6) months preceding the Closing Date or (iii) who has been terminated by the Sellers, IHI, Parthenon Ltd., Taylor & Francis Group plc, the Buyers, or their respective affiliates prior to the date hereof.

 

33



 

(b)                                 The Sellers and the Buyers agree that a monetary remedy for a breach of the agreements set forth in Section 5.8(a) hereof will be inadequate and impracticable and further agree that such a breach would cause irreparable harm, and that the non-breaching party shall be entitled to temporary and permanent injunctive relief without the necessity of proving actual damages.  In the event of such a breach, the breaching party agrees that the non-breaching party shall be entitled to such injunctive relief, including temporary restraining orders, preliminary injunctions and permanent injunctions as a court of competent jurisdiction shall determine.

 

(c)                                  If any of the provisions of this Section 5.8 is invalid in part, it shall be curtailed, as to time, location or scope, to the minimum extent required for its validity under the Laws of the United States and shall be binding and enforceable with respect to the Buyers and Sellers as so curtailed.

 

(d)                                 Solely with respect to Sections 5.8 and 5.9, the term “affiliate” shall mean (i) in the case of the Sellers, the Sellers, IHI, and each of their and its subsidiaries and any person that directly or indirectly, through one or more intermediaries is controlled by, or is under common control with, IHI, the Sellers and each of their subsidiaries; provided, however that in no event shall “affiliate” be deemed to include any IHI stockholder solely in its capacity as such; and (ii), in the case of the Buyers, Taylor & Francis Group plc and each of their subsidiaries and any person that directly or indirectly, through one or more intermediaries is controlled by, or is under common control with, the Buyers, Taylor & Francis plc and each of their subsidiaries.

 

5.9.                              Covenant Not to Compete.

 

(a)                                  The Sellers acknowledge that the agreements and covenants contained in this Section 5.9 are essential to protect the value of the Assets being acquired by the Buyers.  Therefore, the Sellers agree that for the period commencing on the Closing Date and ending on the second (2nd) anniversary of the Closing Date, the Sellers shall not, and shall cause all of the affiliates, shareholders, officers and directors of the Sellers to not:  (a) participate or engage, directly or indirectly, whether as an employee, agent, officer, consultant, director, shareholder, partner, joint venturer, investor or otherwise (i) in providing, publishing, distributing, and selling or arranging or facilitating the distribution, publishing, provision or selling, of information or information products to professionals in the scientific, technical and medical markets or (ii) engaging in any other business currently conducted by the Sellers; or (b) induce, solicit or endeavor to entice any person to provide services as a journal contributor or editor or book author for any journal or book published (or to be published in any media) which is similar to or competitive with any Publication; provided, that the foregoing shall not prohibit the Sellers from owning equity securities in a public company in an amount not to exceed 5% of the issued and outstanding shares of such company; and provided, further that the parties acknowledge and agree that the businesses currently conducted by IHI and its subsidiaries (other than the Sellers and Parthenon Ltd.) shall not be deemed a violation of this Section 5.9.

 

(b)                                 The Sellers and the Buyers agree that a monetary remedy for a breach of the agreements set forth in Section 5.9(a) hereof will be inadequate and impracticable and further agree that such a breach would cause irreparable harm, and that the non-breaching party shall be entitled to temporary and permanent injunctive relief without the necessity of proving actual damages.  In the event of such a breach, the breaching party agrees that the non-breaching party

 

34



 

shall be entitled to such injunctive relief, including temporary restraining orders, preliminary injunctions and permanent injunctions, as a court of competent jurisdiction shall determine.  The Buyers, IHI and Sellers further agree that notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, if the non-breaching party is not successful for any reason whatsoever in obtaining temporary and permanent injunctive relief against the breaching party and/or any of its affiliates, the non-breaching party shall be indemnified and held harmless for any losses, liabilities or claims of any kind or nature arising from a breach of this Section 5.9 regardless of any limitation of liability set forth herein.

 

(c)                                  If any of the provisions of this Section 5.9 is invalid in part, it shall be curtailed, as to time, location or scope, to the minimum extent required for its validity under the Laws of the United States and shall be binding and enforceable with respect to the Sellers shareholders, officers or directors as so curtailed.

 

5.10.                        Use of Names.  Beginning promptly after the Closing Date (and in any event not later than sixty (60) days after the Closing Date) the Sellers shall (at their expense) cease all use of all company names, fictitious names, product names and other names used by the Sellers at any time on or before the Closing Date and included in the Assets, except as may be necessary to perform their obligations hereunder.

 

5.11.                        Confidentiality.  IHI and the Sellers and their respective affiliates shall keep secret and retain in confidence consistent with their respective policies regarding confidential matters, all confidential matters relating to the Business and the Assets including, but not limited to, trade secrets, customer lists, details of consultant contracts, pricing policies, operational methods, marketing plans or strategies, product development techniques or plans, business acquisition plans, technical processes, designs and design projects, inventions, software, source codes, object codes, systems documentation and research projects and other business affairs relating solely to the Business and shall not disclose them to anyone outside of the Buyers and its affiliates, provided, however, this covenant shall not apply (a) to any information which is or becomes generally available to the public other than as a result of disclosure by IHI, the Sellers or their affiliates; (b) to any information which IHI, the Sellers or their affiliates are required by subpoena, court order or other applicable Law to disclose, provided that IHI or the Sellers shall, if practicable, give the Buyers an opportunity to obtain injunctive relief or a protective order with respect to such intended disclosure; provided, further that, from and after the Closing, “affiliates” shall not include Parthenon Ltd. for the purpose of this Section 5.11.

 

5.12.                        Tax Cooperation; Allocation of Taxes.

 

(a)                                  The Buyers and the Sellers agree to furnish or cause to be furnished to each other, upon request, as promptly as practicable, such information and assistance relating to the Assets and Parthenon Ltd.  (including, without limitation, access to Books and Records) as is reasonably necessary for the filing of all Tax returns, the making of any election relating to Taxes, the preparation for any audit by any taxing authority, and the prosecution or defense of any claim, suit or Proceeding relating to any Tax.  The Buyers and the Sellers shall cooperate with each other in the conduct of any audit or other Proceeding relating to Taxes involving the Assets or Parthenon Ltd.  The conduct of the tax affairs of Parthenon Ltd. shall be subject to the provisions of the Parthenon Tax Covenant.

 

35



 

(b)                                 All Taxes that arise from or with respect to the Assets other than Parthenon Ltd. and which are attributable to a Post-Closing Tax Period shall be borne by the Buyers.  All Taxes that arise from or with respect to the Assets other than Parthenon Ltd. which are attributable to a Pre-Closing Tax Period shall be borne by the Sellers; provided, however, that the Sellers shall have no liability for any Taxes attributable to actions taken by the Buyers with respect to the Assets other than Parthenon Ltd. on the Closing Date that are out of the ordinary course of business, other than this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby.  All Taxes that arise with respect to Parthenon Ltd. shall be dealt with in accordance with Section 5.14.

 

(c)                                  Subject to Section 5.13 with respect to any value added tax payable in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and excluding any Taxes payable by Parthenon Ltd., all excise, sales, use, value added, registration stamp, recording, documentary, conveyancing, franchise, property, transfer, gains and similar Taxes, levies, charges and fees (collectively, “Transfer Taxes”) incurred in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement shall be borne equally by the Sellers and the Buyers; provided, however, the U.K. Buyer shall pay all stamp taxes incurred in the U.K. in connection with the transaction.  The Buyers and the Sellers shall cooperate in providing each other with any appropriate resale exemption certifications and other similar documentation.  The party that is required by applicable law to make the filings, reports, or returns with respect to any applicable Transfer Taxes shall do so, and the other party shall cooperate with respect thereto as necessary.

 

(d)                                 Neither the Sellers nor the Buyers shall be liable under this Section 5.12 for (i) any Tax relating to the Assets other than Parthenon Ltd, the payment of which was made after the Closing by one party without the other party’s prior written consent, or (ii) any settlements effected after the Closing without the consent of the other party, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, or resulting from any claim, suit, action, litigation or other Proceeding taking place after the Closing in which the other party was not permitted an opportunity to reasonably participate.

 

5.13.                        Value Added Tax.

 

(a)                                  All amounts expressed in this Agreement as being payable by or to the U.K. Buyer are expressed exclusive of any value added tax which may be chargeable thereon and the amount of any such value added tax shall be payable in addition thereto subject as hereinafter provided.

 

(b)                                 If the U.K. Buyer so requests, the Sellers and the U.K. Buyer shall use all reasonable endeavors to secure that the conditions of article 5(1) of the Value Added Tax (Special Provisions) Order 1995 SI 1268 and of section 49 of the Value Added Tax Act 1994 are fulfilled so that the sale of the Assets hereunder is properly treated as neither a supply of goods nor a supply of services for the purposes of value added tax and the provisions of Sections 5.13(c) to (e) shall apply accordingly.

 

(c)                                  The Sellers shall on the Closing Date deliver to the U.K. Buyer all records referred to in section 49(1) of the Value Added Tax Act 1994 and shall not make any request to HM Customs & Excise for such records to be retained by the Sellers and the U.K. Buyer hereby

 

36



 

undertakes to preserve such records for such periods as may be required by law and shall during that period afford reasonable access to them at the request of the Sellers.

 

(d)                                 In the event that HM Customs & Excise determine that value added tax is chargeable on the sale of the Assets hereunder or any of them then the Sellers shall immediately notify the U.K. Buyer of such determination and the U.K. Buyer agrees that such value added tax shall be payable in addition to the sum specified in Section 2 and the U.K. Buyer shall (against production by the Sellers of tax invoices in respect thereof) pay the amount of any such value added tax and any interest and penalties in respect of the same forthwith to the Sellers but such payment shall be without prejudice to the right of the U.K. Buyer under this Agreement to call upon the Sellers to make or join an appeal against the aforesaid determination subject to the provisions of Section 5.13(e) below.  For the avoidance of doubt, the U.K. Buyer shall not be liable to pay any amount in respect of interest and penalties which are incurred solely as a result of a default by the Sellers in paying any amount in respect of VAT received from the U.K. Buyer to HM Customs and Excise.

 

(e)                                  The U.K. Buyer at its sole discretion (but after consultation with the Sellers) may within ten days of notification by the Sellers of a determination having been made by HM Customs & Excise dispute that determination or request the Sellers to dispute or join with the U.K. Buyer or any other person in disputing that determination, including the making of a formal appeal to the Value Added Tax Tribunal and such higher court of law as may subsequently be required to reach a decision on the dispute and the Sellers shall promptly comply with any reasonable request but shall not be obliged to take any action under this section unless the U.K. Buyer shall indemnify them against all costs and expenses so incurred.

 

5.14.                        Parthenon Acquisition Agreement.  IHI and the Sellers hereby jointly and severally covenant and agree with the U.K. Buyer and the U.K. Buyer hereby covenants and agrees with the Sellers and IHI in the terms of Schedule 6 to the Parthenon Acquisition Agreement (as if such covenants were repeated in this Agreement, as of today’s date but subject to the variations set out in Schedule 5.14).

 

5.15.                        Parthenon Shares.  IHI and the Sellers shall have waived or procured the waiver of any rights or restrictions relating to the transferability of the Parthenon Shares (under the articles of association of Parthenon Ltd. or otherwise) as of the Closing Date.

 

5.16.                        No Claims.  IHI and the Sellers undertake to the Buyers that, in the event of any claim being made against them for breach of the representations and warranties contained in schedule 4 to the Parthenon Acquisition Agreement (as incorporated by Section 3 and varied by Schedule 3.1(d) hereto), they will not make any claim against either of the Buyers or Parthenon Ltd. or against any of their respective directors, officers or employees on which or on whom they may have relied before agreeing to any terms of this Agreement or authorizing any statement in the Disclosure Letter and/or in the Disclosure Schedule.

 

5.17.                        Separate Warranties.  The representations and warranties contained in schedule 4 to the Parthenon Acquisition Agreement (as incorporated by Section 3 and varied by Schedule 3.1(d) hereto) are separate and independent and, unless expressly provided to the contrary, are not limited or restricted by reference to or inference from the terms of any other provision of this

 

37



 

Agreement or any other Parthenon Ltd. representation or warranty (as varied by Schedule 3.1(d) hereto).

 

5.18.                        Bring Down.  The representations and warranties contained in schedule 4 to the Parthenon Acquisition Agreement (as incorporated by Section 3 and varied by Schedule 3.1(d) hereto) shall be deemed to have been repeated immediately prior to Closing by reference to the facts and circumstances then subsisting.

 

5.19.                        Parthenon Acquisition Agreement.  The Buyers shall co-operate with the Sellers and the Sellers shall, at the Sellers’ expense, provide all reasonable assistance to the Sellers, take all reasonable steps required by the Sellers and comply with all reasonable requests made by the Sellers to enable or assist CRC Press U.K. to comply with its obligations under the Parthenon Acquisition Agreement.

 

5.20.                        Section 338 Election.  The Buyers or any of their assigns or any party related to the Buyers will not make an election pursuant to Section 338 of the Code with respect to the Parthenon Shares.

 

5.21.                        Dividends.  The Buyers or any of their assigns or any party related to the Buyers will not cause Parthenon Ltd. to pay a dividend, as defined in Section 316 of the Code, out of the current or accumulated earnings and profits of Parthenon Ltd. during the calendar year ended December 31, 2003, unless prior to the payment of any such dividend, the Buyers shall have consulted with IHI.

 

SECTION 6.
CONDITIONS

 

6.1.                              Conditions Precedent to Obligations of the Buyers and the Sellers.  The respective obligations of the Buyers and the Sellers to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement shall be subject to the satisfaction at or prior to the Closing Date of the following conditions:

 

(a)                                  No Injunction, etc.  At the Closing Date, there shall be no injunction, restraining order or decree of any nature of any court or governmental agency or body of competent jurisdiction that is in effect that restrains or prohibits the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby or the transfer to the Buyers by the Sellers of any Assets.

 

(b)                                 HSR Act.  All filings have been made and any applicable waiting period under the HSR Act shall have expired or been terminated.

 

(c)                                  German Act Against Restraints of Competition.  With respect to the German business activities of the Sellers and Parthenon Ltd (the “German Business”) only:

 

(i)                                     the Buyers having received written confirmation from the German Federal Cartel Office (“GFCO”) that the acquisition of the Assets by the Buyers (the “Acquisition”) does not constitute a concentration requiring to be notified to such office, or

 

(ii)                                  the Buyers having received written confirmation from the GFCO

 

38



 

that, requiring to be so notified, the GFCO has decided not to oppose the Acquisition, or

 

(iii)                               the relevant waiting periods having expired without the GFCO having prohibited the Acquisition.

 

In the event that the condition contained in this Section 6.1(c) is not fulfilled prior to the fulfilment of the other conditions precedent set out in this Section 6.1, the Buyers, the Sellers and IHI agree that the Buyers and IHI and the Sellers shall proceed to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement save in respect of the German Business, and prior to such consummation, the Sellers shall provide to the Buyers, a letter in the Agreed Form between the Buyers, the Sellers and IHI, from CRC Press to Bernd Feldmann, instructing him that the management of CRC Press and the Buyers will not be issuing any new instructions as to how to make sales and compete in the German market, and to therefore conduct the business in Germany as hitherto conducted and in good faith, until such time as the GFCO approves, or is deemed to have approved, the acquisition of the Assets by the Buyers.

 

6.2.                              Conditions Precedent to Obligation of the Sellers.  The obligation of the Sellers to consummate the transactions provided for in this Agreement is subject to fulfillment of each of the following conditions:

 

(a)                                  Accuracy of the Buyers’ Representations and Warranties; Covenants of the Buyers.  (i) The representations and warranties of the Buyers contained in this Agreement (except as affected by the transactions contemplated in this Agreement) shall be true and correct in all material respects, except to the extent qualified by materiality in which case, such representations and warranties shall be true and correct in all respects, on the date of this Agreement (unless such representations and warranties speak as of an earlier date and except to the extent cured prior to the Closing Date), and on the Closing Date or such earlier date as though made on such date; provided, however, that the Sellers shall be obligated to proceed with the Closing unless the failure of any representation or warranty to be true or correct constitutes a Buyer Material Adverse Effect; (ii) the Buyers shall have complied in all material respects with all covenants contained in this Agreement to be performed by them prior to Closing; and (iii) the Sellers shall have received a certificate signed by an officer of each of the Buyers certifying the matters set forth in clause (ii) hereof and certifying that the representations and warranties contained in this Agreement are true and correct in all material respects or, if any such representations and warranties are qualified by materiality, in all respects, as of the Closing Date (unless such representations and warranties speak as of an earlier date) and except to the extent otherwise disclosed in such certificate.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Closing shall occur after the Buyer’s disclosure of breaches of a representation or warranty by the Buyers that did not constitute a Buyer Material Effect, such breach shall not be deemed waived for any purpose and the Buyers shall be fully responsible for such breach and be responsible to indemnify the Sellers in accordance with Section 8 hereof, and

 

(b)                                 Assumption Agreement.  Each of the Buyers shall have executed an undertaking (the “Assumption Agreement”) substantially in the form of Exhibit C pursuant to which the Buyers agree to assume the Assumed Liabilities; and

 

39



 

(c)                                  Escrow Agreement.  The Buyers shall have executed and delivered to the Sellers the Escrow Agreement.

 

6.3.                              Conditions Precedent to Obligation of the Buyers.  The obligation of the Buyers to consummate the transactions provided for in this Agreement is subject to fulfillment of each of the following conditions:

 

(a)                                  Accuracy of Representations and Warranties of the Sellers and of IHI; Covenants of the Sellers.  The representations and warranties of the Sellers and IHI contained in this Agreement (including, without limitation, those set out in schedule 4 to the Parthenon Acquisition Agreement (as incorporated by Section 3 and varied by Schedule 3.1(d) hereto)) (except as affected by the transactions contemplated in this Agreement) shall be true and correct in all material respects except to the extent qualified by materiality, in which case, such representations and warranties shall be true and correct in all respects, on the date of this Agreement (except to the extent cured prior to the Closing Date and unless in each case such representations and warranties (including, but not limited to, the Parthenon Warranties) speak as of an earlier date) and on the Closing Date or such earlier date as though made on such date; provided, however, that the Buyers shall be obligated to proceed with the Closing unless the failure of any representation or warranty to be true or correct constitutes a Material Adverse Effect; (ii) the Sellers shall have complied in all material respects with all covenants contained in this Agreement to be performed by it prior to the Closing (it being agreed that, provided the Sellers comply with their obligations under this Agreement to use commercially reasonably efforts to obtain such Consents, the failure to deliver any Consent shall not be deemed to constitute noncompliance of any covenant); and (iii) the Buyers shall have received a certificate signed by an officer of each of the Sellers and IHI certifying the matters set forth in clause (ii) hereof and certifying that the representations and warranties contained in this Agreement are true and correct in all material respects or, if any such representations and warranties are qualified by materiality, in all respects, as of the Closing Date (unless such representations and warranties speak as of an earlier date) and except to the extent otherwise disclosed in such certificate.  Notwithstanding the foregoing: (a) if the Closing shall occur after the Sellers’ disclosure of breaches of a representation or warranty by the Sellers that did not constitute a Material Adverse Effect or because of a failure of the Sellers to so obtain a Consent, such breach or failure shall not be deemed waived for any purpose and the Sellers and IHI shall be fully responsible for such breach or non performance and be responsible to indemnify the Buyers in accordance with Section 8 hereof; and (b) if any of the Assets are damaged or suffer a loss covered by insurance between the date of this Agreement and the Closing Date, the Buyers shall have the right to elect to either: (i) receive the full insurance proceeds when received by the Sellers and the amount of the Net Tangible Asset Value under Section 2 shall be calculated as if such loss had not occurred to the extent of the insurance proceeds paid or payable to the Buyers; or (ii) allow the Sellers to retain such proceeds and require that the full amount of the loss be reflected in reducing the calculation of the Net Tangible Asset Value.

 

(b)                                 Bill of Sale.  The Sellers shall have executed a bill of sale and assignments, substantially in the form of Exhibit D hereto;

 

(c)                                  Release of Liens.  All Encumbrances existing with respect to the Assets shall have been discharged and released as of the Closing Date pursuant to (i) the Credit

 

40



 

Agreement, dated as of September 24, 1999, among IHI, Warburg Pincus Information Ventures, Inc., Information Ventures L.L.C., the lenders party thereto and Bankers Trust Company, as amended; and (ii) the blanket lien of PNC Bank.

 

(d)                                 Assignment of Intellectual Property.  The Sellers shall have executed an assignment of the Sellers’ trademarks and copyrights, substantially in the form of Exhibit E and Exhibit F hereto.

 

(e)                                  Escrow Agreement.  The Sellers shall have executed and delivered to the Buyers the Escrow Agreement.

 

SECTION 7.
CLOSING

 

7.1.                              Closing Date.  Unless this Agreement shall have been terminated and the transactions herein shall have been abandoned pursuant to Section 9 hereof, the closing of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement (the “Closing”) shall take place at the offices of Willkie Farr & Gallagher, 787 Seventh Avenue, New York, NY at 10:00 a.m., New York City on the fifth business day after all of the Conditions are satisfied or waived, or such other date, time and place as shall be agreed upon by the Sellers and the Buyers (the actual date and time being herein called the “Closing Date”).

 

7.2.                              The Buyers’ Deliveries.  At the Closing, upon compliance by the Sellers with the provisions of Sections 7.3 and 7.4 below, the Buyers shall deliver to the Sellers:

 

(a)                                  the Purchase Price as provided in Sections 2.1 and 2.2 hereof;

 

(b)                                 the documents described in Section 6.2 hereof; and

 

(c)                                  such other documents and instruments as counsel for the Buyers and the Sellers mutually agree to be reasonably necessary to consummate the transactions described herein.

 

7.3.                              The Sellers’ Deliveries.  At the Closing, the Sellers shall deliver to Buyers:

 

(a)                                  the documents described in Section 6.3 hereof;

 

(b)                                 the documents listed in Schedule 7.3, Part I; provided that, in relation to Mr. David Bloomer, the Sellers and the Buyers agree that the Sellers shall use all reasonable endeavors to deliver the letter of resignation in the Agreed Form described in paragraph 1(c) of Schedule 7.3 to this Agreement;

 

(c)                                  releases in the agreed terms for all Encumbrances including, without limitation, in relation to CRC Press, CRC Press (U.K.) and Parthenon Ltd., the charge in favor of Bankers Trust; and

 

(d)                                 evidence in a form satisfactory to the U.K. Buyer that Parthenon Inc. has been disposed of at fair value for cash; and

 

41



 

(e)                                  such other documents and instruments as counsel for the Buyers and the Sellers mutually agree to be reasonably necessary to consummate the transactions described herein.

 

7.4.                              The Sellers’ Obligations.  At or prior to Closing, the Sellers have performed the obligations or entered into the agreements set out in Schedule 7.3, Part II.

 

SECTION 8.
INDEMNIFICATION

 

8.1.                              Indemnification by the Sellers and IHI.

 

(a)                                  IHI and the Sellers shall, jointly and severally, defend, indemnify and hold harmless, without duplication, the Buyers and their respective affiliates including Parthenon Ltd. (other than in respect of subsection (iii) below) from and against and in respect of any and all actual losses, liabilities, damages, judgments, settlements and expenses, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, incurred directly by the Buyers and their respective affiliates including Parthenon Ltd. (other than in respect of subsection (iii) below) (hereinafter the “Buyer Losses”) which arise directly or indirectly out of or in connection with or which results from or is attributable to: (i) any breach of any of the representations and warranties of IHI or the Sellers contained in this Agreement, (including, without limitation, schedule 4 of the Parthenon Acquisition Agreement (as incorporated by Section 3 and varied by Schedule 3.1(d) hereof); (ii) any breach by IHI or the Sellers of any of their covenants in this Agreement (save in the case of the covenant given in the Parthenon Tax Covenant); (iii) the ownership, operation or use of the Assets or the Businesses prior to the Closing Date, other than the Assumed Liabilities; (iv) the ownership, use or operation of any of the Excluded Assets; (v) the Excluded Liabilities; (vi) any liability or obligation relating to the transfer of the capital stock of Parthenon Inc. to Liquent Ltd.; and (vii) IHI and the Sellers agree to indemnify and keep indemnified the Buyers from and against all costs, claims, demands, liabilities, expenses, damages or losses which are made or brought against or incurred by the Buyers which arise directly or indirectly in connection with any failure by Parthenon Ltd. to have complied with the provisions of the Data Protection Acts 1984 and 1998 at any time prior to the Closing Date.  The Buyers shall give IHI and the Sellers prompt written notice of any third party claim which may give rise to any indemnity obligation under this Section 8.1, together with the estimated amount of such claim, and IHI and the Sellers shall have the right to assume the defense of any such claim through counsel of their own choosing, by so notifying the Buyers within sixty (60) days of receipt of the Buyers’ written notice; provided, however, that such counsel shall be reasonably satisfactory to the Buyers.  Failure to give prompt notice shall not affect the indemnification obligations hereunder in the absence of actual prejudice.  If the Buyers desire to participate in any such defense assumed by IHI and the Sellers, they may do so at their sole cost and expense.  If the Sellers decline to assume any such defense, they shall be liable for all reasonable costs and expenses of defending such claim incurred by the Buyers, including reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel.  Neither party shall, without the prior written consent of the other party, which shall not be unreasonably withheld, settle, compromise or offer to settle or compromise any such claim or demand on a basis which would result in the imposition of a consent, order, injunction or decree which would result in the admission of liability of the other, restrict the future activity or conduct of the other party or any subsidiary or affiliate thereof

 

42



 

or if such settlement or compromise does not include an unconditional release of the other party for any liability arising out of such claim or demand or any related claim or demand.

 

(b)                                 The foregoing obligation to indemnify the Buyers and their respective affiliates set forth in Section 8.1(a) shall be subject to each of the following limitations:

 

(i)                                     The indemnification obligation under Section 8.1(a)(i) and the representations and warranties pertaining thereto shall not in any respect be extinguished or affected by the Closing and shall survive for period of twelve (12) months after the Closing, and thereafter all such representations and warranties of IHI and the Sellers under this Agreement shall be extinguished, except in the case of any claim based upon fraud or willful misconduct; provided, that the representations and warranties contained in Sections 3.1, 3.2, 3.12, and 3.15 shall survive until the expiration of the applicable statute of limitation (save, in the case of the warranties contained in Section 3.12 which relate to Assets located in the U.K. and the Parthenon Tax Warranties, after the day after the seventh (7) anniversary of the Closing) and; provided further that the representations and warranties contained in Section 3.10 shall survive until the two year anniversary of the Closing Date.  No claim for the recovery of the Buyer Losses for claims under Section 8.1(a)(i) may be asserted by the Buyers after such twelve (12) month period, except in the case of any claim based upon fraud or willful misconduct or, with respect to the representations and warranties contained in Sections 3.10 after the expiration of two year anniversary of the date hereof, and with respect to claims relating to breaches of the representations and warranties contained in Sections 3.1, 3.2, 3.12, and 3.15, after the expiration of the applicable statute of limitations; (save, in the case of the warranties contained in Section 3.12 which relate to Assets located in the U.K. and the Parthenon Tax Warranties, after the day after the seventh (7) anniversary of the Closing); provided, however, that claims first asserted in writing with specificity within such periods shall not thereafter be barred.

 

(ii)                                  Subject to Section 8.1(b)(iii), no reimbursement for the Buyer Losses asserted against the Sellers or IHI under Section 8.1(a)(i) above shall be required unless and until the cumulative aggregate amount of such Buyer Losses equals or exceeds one million five hundred thousand dollars ($1,500,000) (the “Threshold”), and then reimbursement shall be made only to the extent that the cumulative aggregate amount of the Buyer Losses equals or exceeds seven hundred fifty thousand dollars ($750,000) (it being understood and agreed that such amount shall be considered the “Deductible”).  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in the foregoing, (A) any Buyer Losses relating to the failure to obtain any of the Consents set forth in Disclosure Schedule 5.3 (the “Required Landlord and Warehouse Consents”) shall not be subject to the Threshold or the Deductible; provided that, if the Sellers use commercially reasonable efforts to obtain such Consents, the maximum aggregate liability of the Sellers and IHI for any such Buyer Losses relating to the failure to obtain any Required Landlord and Warehouse Consents shall not exceed $1,000,000 (exclusive of any costs of the Sellers to use commercially reasonable efforts); and (B) any Buyer Losses arising from a breach of Section 3.8(c) hereof shall not be subject to the Threshold or the Deductible.

 

(iii)                               The Buyers, IHI and the Sellers hereby agree that in relation only to any claim arising under or pursuant to the Parthenon Warranties (excluding for these purposes Warranty 14 of the Parthenon Warranties (as varied by Schedule 3.1(d) hereto)) there shall be disregarded for the purpose of calculating the Threshold and the Deductible any claim in an

 

43



 

amount less than $10,000.

 

(iv)                              The liability to the Buyers and their respective affiliates under Section 8.1(a) for the Buyer Losses and for claims under the Parthenon Tax Covenant shall not exceed the Purchase Price.

 

(c)                                  The indemnities provided in this Section 8.1(a)(i) and under the Parthenon Tax Covenant shall survive the Closing for the period set forth in Section 8.1(b).  All other indemnities shall survive as provided in Section 11.3.  In the absence of fraud or willful misconduct, the indemnity provided in this Section 8.1 and under the Parthenon Tax Covenant shall be the sole and exclusive remedy of the indemnified party against the indemnifying party at law or equity for any matter covered by Section 8.1(a) hereof and under the Parthenon Tax Covenant, except for equitable remedy of specific performance or injunctive relief; provided that nothing herein shall relieve the Sellers of any of their obligations under Section 2.2 hereof.

 

(d)                                 In no event shall IHI or the Sellers or their respective affiliates be liable to the Buyers or their respective affiliates for special, indirect, incidental, consequential or punitive damages.

 

(e)                                  In no event shall IHI or the Sellers or their respective affiliates be liable to the Buyers and their respective affiliates under the indemnities provided in this Section 8.1 insofar as such indemnities relate to Parthenon Ltd. and/or any Assets situated in the U.K. to the extent that the Buyers or their respective affiliates have already recovered an amount under the terms of this Agreement in respect of the subject matter in question.

 

(f)                                    For the avoidance of doubt the liability of the Sellers under the Parthenon Tax Covenant shall be limited by the limitations included at Section 8.1(b)(iv) (maximum liability), Section 8.1(c), Section 8.1(d) and by certain additional limitations included in the Parthenon Tax Covenant as amended by Schedule 5.14 to this Agreement.

 

8.2.                              Indemnification by the Buyers.

 

(a)                                  The Buyers shall, jointly and severally, defend, indemnify and hold harmless, without duplication, IHI and the Sellers and their respective affiliates (other than Parthenon Ltd.) from and against and in respect of any and all actual losses, liabilities, damages, judgments, settlements and expenses, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, incurred directly by the Sellers and their respective affiliates (hereinafter the “Sellers’ Losses”) which arise directly or indirectly out of or in connection with or which results from or is attributable to: (i) any breach of any of the representations and warranties of Buyers contained in this Agreement including without limitation Section 4 hereof, (ii) any breach by the Buyers of any of their covenants in this Agreement (save under the terms of the Parthenon Tax Covenant which shall be governed by the Parthenon Tax Covenant), (iii) the ownership, operation or use of the Assets on or after the Closing Date or (iv) the Assumed Liabilities.  The Sellers shall give the Buyers prompt written notice of any third party claim which may give rise to any indemnity obligation under this Section 8.2, together with the estimated amount of such claim, and the Buyers shall have the right to assume the defense of any such claim through counsel of their own choosing, by so notifying the Sellers within sixty (60) days of receipt of the Sellers’ written notice; provided, however, that the

 

44



 

Buyers’ counsel shall be reasonably satisfactory to the Sellers.  Failure to give prompt notice shall not affect the indemnification obligations hereunder in the absence of actual prejudice.  If the Sellers desire to participate in any such defense assumed by the Buyers, they may do so at their sole cost and expense.  If the Buyers decline to assume any such defense, they shall be liable for all costs and expenses of defending such claim incurred by the Sellers, including reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel.  Neither party shall, without the prior written consent of the other party, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, settle, compromise or offer to settle or compromise any such claim or demand on a basis which would result in the imposition of a consent, order, injunction or decree which would result in the admission of liability of others, restrict the future activity or conduct of the other party or any subsidiary or affiliate thereof or if such settlement or compromise does not include an unconditional release of the other party for any liability arising out of such claim or demand.

 

(b)                                 The foregoing obligation to indemnify the Sellers and their respective affiliates set forth in Section 8.2(a) shall be subject to each of the following limitations:

 

(i)                                     The Buyer’s indemnification obligation under 8.2(a)(i) and the representations and warranties pertaining thereto shall survive for only a period of twelve (12) months after the Closing, and thereafter all such representations and warranties of the Buyers under this Agreement shall be extinguished, except in the case of any claim based upon fraud or willful misconduct; provided, that the representations and warranties contained in Sections 4.1 and 4.2 shall survive until the expiration of the applicable statute of limitations.  No claim for the recovery of the Sellers’ Losses for claims under Section 8.2(a)(i) may be asserted by the Sellers after such twelve (12) month period, except in the case of any claim based upon fraud or willful misconduct or, with respect to claims relating to breaches of representations and warranties contained in Section 4.1 or 4.2, after the expiration of the applicable statute of limitations; provided, however, that claims first asserted in writing with specificity within such periods shall not thereafter be barred.

 

(ii)                                  No reimbursement for the Sellers’ Losses asserted against the Buyers under Section 8.2(a)(i) above shall be required unless and until the cumulative aggregate amount of such Sellers’ Losses equals or exceeds one million five hundred thousand dollars ($1,500,000) and then reimbursement shall be made only to the extent that the cumulative aggregate amount of the Sellers’ Losses, as finally determined, equals or exceeds seven hundred fifty thousand dollars ($750,000) (it being understood and agreed that such amount shall be considered a deductible); provided that the foregoing limitations shall not apply to the Buyers’ obligations under Section 2 hereof.

 

(iii)                               The Buyers’ liability to the Sellers and their affiliates under Section 8.2(a) for Sellers’ Losses shall not exceed the Purchase Price.

 

(c)                                  The indemnities provided in this Section 8.2 shall survive the Closing.  In the absence of fraud or willful misconduct, the indemnity provided in this Section 8.2 shall be the sole and exclusive remedy of the indemnified party against the indemnifying party at law or equity for any matter covered by Section 8.2(a) hereof, except for the equitable remedy of specific performance or injunctive relief; provided that nothing herein shall relieve the Buyers of any of their obligations under Section 2.2 hereof.

 

45



 

(d)                                 In no event shall the Buyers be liable to IHI or the Sellers or their respective affiliates for special, indirect, incidental, consequential or punitive damages.

 

8.3.                              Indemnification Calculations.

 

(a)                                  The amount of any Sellers’ Losses or Buyer Losses for which indemnification is provided under this Section 8 shall be computed net of any insurance proceeds received by the indemnified party in connection with such Losses.  The amount of any Sellers’ Losses or Buyer Losses for which indemnification is provided under this Section 8 shall be computed net of any insurance proceeds received by the indemnified party in connection with such Losses.  If the amount with respect to which any claim is made under this Section 8 (an “Indemnity Claim”) gives rise to a currently realizable Tax Benefit (as defined below) to the party making the claim, the indemnity payment shall be reduced by the amount of the Tax Benefit available to the party making the claim.  To the extent such Indemnity Claim does not give rise to a currently realizable Tax Benefit, if the amount with respect to which any Indemnity Claim is made gives rise to a subsequently realized Tax Benefit to the party that made the claim, such party shall refund to the indemnifying party the amount of such Tax Benefit when, as and if realized. For the purposes of this Agreement, any subsequently realized Tax Benefit shall be treated as though it were a reduction in the amount of the initial Indemnity Claim, and the liabilities of the parties shall be redetermined as though both occurred at or prior to the time of the indemnity payment. For purposes of this Section 8.3, a “Tax Benefit” means an amount by which the tax liability of the party (or group of entities including the party) is reduced (including, without limitation, by deduction, reduction of income by virtue of increased tax basis or otherwise, entitlement to refund, credit or otherwise plus any related interest received from the relevant taxing authority.  The amount of any Tax Benefit which shall reduce any Indemnity Claim pursuant to this Section 8.3 shall equal, (i) in the case of a deduction or reduction of income, profits or gains by virtue of an increased tax basis, or otherwise, the product of (x) the deduction or reduction of income profits or gains multiplied by (y) the highest marginal income tax rate paid by a corporation pursuant to Section 11(b) of the Code if such Indemnity Claim relates to the Assets other than the Parthenon Shares and the rate of mainstream corporation tax in the U.K. if such Indemnity Claim relates to the Parthenon Shares or (ii) in the case of a refund or credit, the full amount of such refund or credit.  Where a party has other losses, deductions, credits or items available to it, the Tax Benefit from any losses, deductions, credits or items relating to the Indemnity Claim shall be deemed to be realized proportionately with any other losses, deductions, credits or items.  For the purposes of this Section 8.3, a Tax Benefit is “currently realizable” to the extent it can be reasonably anticipated that such Tax Benefit will be realized in the current taxable period or year or in any tax return with respect thereto (including through a carryback to a prior taxable period) or in any taxable period or year prior to the date of the Indemnity Claim.  In the event that there should be a determination disallowing the Tax Benefit, the indemnifying party shall be liable to refund to the indemnified party the amount of any related reduction previously allowed or payments previously made to the indemnifying party pursuant to this Section 8.3. The amount of the refunded reduction or payment shall be deemed a payment under this Section 8.3 and thus shall be paid subject to any applicable reductions under this Section 8.3.

 

46



 

(b)                                 The parties agree that any indemnification payments made pursuant to this Agreement shall be treated for tax purposes as an adjustment to the Purchase Price, unless otherwise required by applicable law.

 

SECTION 9.
TERMINATION

 

9.1.                              Termination Events.  Without prejudice to other remedies which may be available to the parties by law or this Agreement, this Agreement may be terminated and the transactions contemplated herein may be abandoned:

 

(a)                                  by mutual consent of the parties hereto; or

 

(b)                                 by any party by notice to the other party if the Closing shall not have been consummated on or before May 31, 2003, unless extended by written agreement of the parties hereto, provided, that no party hereto may terminate this Agreement pursuant to this Section 9.1(b) if such party is in material breach of this Agreement.

 

9.2.                              Effect of Termination.  In the event of any termination of the Agreement as provided in Section 9.1 above, this Agreement shall forthwith become wholly void and of no further force and effect and there shall be no liability on the part of the Buyers or the Sellers, except that (i) the obligations of the Buyers and the Sellers under Sections 5.2, 5.4, 5.8, 5.11, 10 and 11.7 of this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect and (ii) termination unless by mutual consent shall not preclude either party from suing the other party for breach of this Agreement.

 

SECTION 10.
ALTERNATIVE DISPUTE RESOLUTION

 

The parties shall attempt in good faith to resolve any dispute arising out of or relating to this Agreement promptly by negotiations between executives who have authority to settle the controversy.  Any party may give the other party written notice of any dispute not resolved in the normal course of business. Within twenty (20) days after delivery of said notice, executives of both parties shall meet at a mutually acceptable time and place, and thereafter as often as they reasonably deem necessary, to exchange relevant information and to attempt to resolve the dispute.  If the matter has not been resolved within sixty (60) days of the disputing party’s original notice, or if the parties fail to meet within twenty (20) days, either party may initiate legal Proceedings to resolve the controversy or claim.  If a party’s negotiator intends to be accompanied at a meeting by an attorney, the other party’s negotiator shall be given at least three (3) business days’ notice of such intention and may also be accompanied by an attorney.  All negotiations pursuant to this clause are confidential and shall be treated as compromise and settlement negotiations for purposes of the Federal Rules of Evidence and state rules of evidence.

 

47



 

SECTION 11.
MISCELLANEOUS

 

11.1.                        Defined Terms.  The following capitalized terms, as used in this Agreement shall have the following meanings:

 

1060 Forms” shall have the meaning ascribed thereto in Section 2.1(b).

 

Accounts Date” means January 31, 2003 (save in relation to Parthenon Ltd., where “Accounts Date” shall mean December 31, 2001).

 

Acquisitionshall have the meaning ascribed thereto in Section 6.1(c).

 

Actual Adjustment” shall have the meaning ascribed thereto in Section 2.2(f).

 

Adjusted Closing Statement” shall have the meaning ascribed thereto in Section 2.2(d).

 

affiliate” of a person means a person that directly or indirectly, through one or more intermediaries, controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with, the first mentioned person; provided that, solely with respect to Sections 5.8 and 5.9 hereof, “affiliate” shall have the meaning ascribed thereto in Section 5.8(d).

 

Agreement” shall have the meaning ascribed thereto in the preamble.

 

Agreed Form” the form agreed between and signed by or on behalf of the Buyers and the Sellers.

 

Annual Financial Statements” shall have the meaning ascribed thereto in Section 3.4.

 

Antitrust Division” shall have the meaning ascribed thereto in Section 5.3(b).

 

Assets” shall have the meaning ascribed thereto in Section 1.1.

 

Assumed Liabilities” shall have the meaning ascribed thereto in Section 1.5.

 

Assumption Agreement” shall have the meaning ascribed thereto in Section 6.2(b).

 

Benefit Plans” shall have the meaning ascribed thereto in Section 3.13(b).

 

Book Author Contracts” shall have the meaning ascribed thereto in Section 3.8(c).

 

Books and Records” shall have the meaning ascribed thereto in Section 5.5(a).

 

Business” shall have the meaning ascribed thereto in the recitals hereto.

 

48



 

Buyer Losses” shall have the meaning ascribed thereto in Section 8.1(a).

 

Buyer Material Adverse Effect” shall have the meaning ascribed thereto in Section 4.1(a).

 

Buyers” shall have the meaning ascribed thereto in the preamble.

 

Buyers Group” means the Buyer, its holding companies and any subsidiary undertakings and the associated companies from time to time such holding companies, all of them and each of them as the context admits.

 

Buyers’ Lender” shall have the meaning ascribed in Section 4.5.

 

Buyer Savings Plan” shall have the meaning ascribed thereto in Section 5.6(h).

 

Buyers’ Objection” shall have the meaning ascribed thereto in Section 2.2(d).

 

Claims” shall have the meaning ascribed thereto in Section 5.6(i).

 

Closing” shall have the meaning ascribed thereto in Section 7.1.

 

Closing Date” shall have the meaning ascribed thereto in Section 7.1.

 

Closing Date Adjustment” shall have the meaning ascribed thereto in Section 2.2(b).

 

Closing Statement” shall have the meaning ascribed thereto in Section 2.2(c).

 

COBRA” shall have the meaning ascribed thereto in Section 5.6(o).

 

Code” shall have the meaning ascribed thereto in Section 2.1(b).

 

Conditions” shall mean the conditions set out in Section 6.

 

Confidentiality Letter” shall have the meaning ascribed thereto in Section 5.2.

 

Consents” shall have the meaning ascribed thereto in Section 3.3.

 

Contract” shall have the meaning ascribed thereto in Section 3.8(f).

 

CRC Press” shall have the meaning ascribed thereto in the preamble.

 

Disclosure Letter” shall have the meaning ascribed thereto in Schedule 3.1(d).

 

CRC Press U.K.” shall have the meaning ascribed thereto in the preamble.

 

Deductible” shall have the meaning ascribed thereto in Section 8.1(b)(ii).

 

49



 

Disclosure Schedule” shall have the meaning ascribed thereto in the preamble to Section 3.

 

Employees” shall have the meaning ascribed thereto in Section 3.13(b).

 

Encumbrance” means any lien, security interest, pledge, mortgage, easement, trust, right or set off, covenant, restriction, reservation, conditional sale, prior assignment, or other encumbrance, interest (legal or equitable) of any party, claim, burden or charge (fixed or floating) of any nature.

 

Environmental Laws” shall have the meaning ascribed thereto in Section 3.15.

 

Escrow Agreement” shall have the meaning ascribed thereto in Section 2.1(c)(i).

 

ERISA” shall have the meaning ascribed thereto in Section 3.13(b).

 

Estimated Net Tangible Asset Value” shall have the meaning ascribed thereto in Section 2.2(b).

 

Excluded Assets” shall have the meaning ascribed thereto in Section 1.4.

 

Excluded Liabilities” shall have the meaning ascribed thereto in Section 1.6.

 

Final Closing Statement” shall have the meaning ascribed thereto in Section 2.2(d)(ii).

 

Financial Statements” shall have the meaning ascribed thereto in Section 3.4.

 

Financing Commitment” shall have the meaning ascribed thereto in Section 4.5.

 

FTC” shall have the meaning ascribed thereto in Section 5.3(b).

 

GAAP” shall have the meaning ascribed thereto in Section 2.2(a).

 

German Business” shall have the meaning ascribed thereto in Section 6.1(c).

 

GFCO” shall have the meaning ascribed thereto in Section 6.1(c).

 

Hart-Scott Act” shall have the meaning ascribed thereto in Section 5.3(a).

 

Hazardous Material” shall include any chemical substance the presence of which may require investigation or remediation under any federal, state or local statute, regulation, ordinance, order, or common law; or which is defined as a “hazardous waste” or “hazardous substance” or a “pollutant or contaminant” under any federal, state or local statute, regulation or ordinance or Environmental Law, including, without limitation, the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Recovery Act (42 U.S.C. Section 6901 et seq.); or the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act (42 U.S.C. Section 6901 et. seq.); which is toxic, explosive, corrosive, flammable, infectious, radioactive, carcinogenic, mutagenic, or

 

50



 

otherwise hazardous and is regulated as such by any governmental authority agency, department, commission, board, agency or instrumentality of the United States or state or any political subdivision thereof; or mold, fungus or any similar substance.

 

IHI” shall have the meaning ascribed thereto in the preamble.

 

Indemnity Claim” shall have the meaning ascribed thereto in Section 8.3(a).

 

Independent Accounting Firm” shall have the meaning ascribed thereto in Section 2.2(d)(iii).

 

Intellectual Property” shall have the meaning ascribed thereto in Section 1.2(b) (otherwise in relation to the Parthenon Warranties in respect of which Intellectual Property is defined at paragraph 1(x) of Schedule 3.1(d)).

 

Interim Financial Statements” shall have the meaning ascribed thereto in Section 3.4.

 

knowledge” or “the knowledge of” or “aware” shall be interpreted for purposes of this Agreement as follows: (i) a matter will be deemed to be within the knowledge of the Sellers if the matter is actually known to Mason Slaine, Vincent Chippari, Fenton Markevich or T. Emmett Dages (regardless of the entity for which he acts as an officer or otherwise), after reasonable inquiry in respect of the subject matter or otherwise; (ii) a matter will be deemed to be within the knowledge of the Buyers if the matter is actually known to David Smith, Anthony Foye, Jeff Thomasson, Roger Horton or Kevin Bradley (regardless of the entity for which he acts as an officer or otherwise) after reasonable inquiry in respect of the subject matter or otherwise.

 

Laws” shall have the meaning ascribed thereto in Section 5.1.

 

Leased Real Property” shall have the meaning ascribed thereto in Section 3.7(b).

 

Leases” shall have the meaning ascribed thereto in Section 3.7(b).

 

Machinery” shall have the meaning ascribed thereto in Section 1.2(a).

 

Material Adverse Effect” shall have the meaning ascribed thereto in Section 3.1(c).

 

Mayo” shall have the meaning ascribed thereto in Section 2.1(c)(ii).

 

Mayo Agreement” shall have the meaning ascribed thereto in Section 2.1(c)(ii).

 

Mayo Equivalent Agreement” shall have the meaning ascribed thereto in Section 2.1(c)(ii).

 

51



 

Mayo Escrow Funds” shall have the meaning ascribed thereto in Section 2.1(c).

 

Net Tangible Asset Value” shall the meaning ascribed thereto in Section 2.2(a).

 

Obligations” shall the meaning ascribed thereto in Section 1.5.

 

Offer Employees” shall have the meaning ascribed thereto in Section 5.6(c).

 

Parthenon Acquisition Agreement” shall have the meaning ascribed thereto in the preamble to Section 3.

 

Parthenon Inc.” shall have the meaning ascribed thereto in the preamble.

 

Parthenon Ltd.” shall have the meaning ascribed thereto in Section 1.2(i).

 

Parthenon Shares” shall have the meaning ascribed thereto in Section 1.2(i).

 

Parthenon Tax Covenant” means the covenant contained in schedule 6 to the Parthenon Acquisition Agreement (as incorporated by Section 5.14 and, as varied by Schedule 5.14 hereto).

 

Parthenon Tax Warranties” means the warranties contained in paragraph 18 of schedule 4 to the Parthenon Acquisition Agreement as incorporated by Section 3 and varied by Schedule 3.1(d) hereto.

 

Permits” shall have the meaning ascribed thereto in Section 3.14.

 

Permitted Liens” shall have the meaning ascribed thereto in Section 3.7(a).

 

person” means an individual, corporation, partnership, association, trust, limited liability company, limited partnership, limited liability partnership, partnership, incorporated organization, other entity or group (as defined in Section 13(d)(3) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and all the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder).

 

Policies” shall have the meaning ascribed thereto in Section 3.11.

 

Post-Closing Tax Period” shall have the meaning ascribed thereto in Section 3.12(a).

 

Pre-Closing Tax Period” shall have the meaning ascribed thereto in Section 3.12(a).

 

Proceedings” shall have the meaning ascribed thereto in Section 1.6(a).

 

Publications” shall have the meaning ascribed thereto in Section 1.2(e).

 

Purchase Price” shall have the meaning ascribed thereto in Section 2.1(a).

 

52



 

Required Landlord and Warehouse Consents” means any Consent of the landlords or other parties as set forth on Disclosure Schedule 5.3.

 

Savings Plan” shall have the meaning ascribed thereto in Section 5.6(h).

 

Seller Benefit Plan” shall have the meaning ascribed thereto in Section 3.13(b).

 

Seller Intellectual Property” shall have the meaning ascribed thereto in Section 1.2(b).

 

Sellers’ Losses” shall have the meaning ascribed thereto in Section 8.2(a).

 

Sellers” shall have the meaning ascribed thereto in the preamble.

 

Sellers’ Objection” shall have the meaning ascribed thereto in Section 2.2(d).

 

subsidiary” or “subsidiaries” of the Buyers, the Sellers or any other person means any person of any Buyer, any Seller or such other person, as the case may be (either alone or through or together with any other subsidiary), owns, directly or indirectly, 50% or more of the stock or other equity interests the holder of which is generally entitled to vote for the election of the board of directors or other governing body of such person.

 

Target Net Asset Value” shall have the meaning ascribed thereto in Section 2.2(a).

 

Tax Benefit” shall have the meaning ascribed thereto in Section 8.3(a).

 

Taxes” shall have the meaning ascribed thereto in Section 3.12(a).

 

Tax Returns” shall have the meaning ascribed thereto in Section 3.12(a).

 

Threshold” shall have the meaning ascribed thereto in Section 8.1(b)(ii).

 

Top 25 Published Contracts” shall have the meaning ascribed thereto in Section 3.8(e).

 

Top 25 Unpublished Contracts” shall have the meaning ascribed thereto in Section 3.8(e).

 

Transferred Employees” shall have the meaning ascribed thereto in Section 5.6(c).

 

Transferred U.K. Employees” shall have the meaning ascribed thereto in Section 3.13(f).

 

Transfer Taxes” shall have the meaning ascribed thereto in Section 5.12(c).

 

TUPE Employees” shall have the meaning ascribed thereto in Section 3.13(f).

 

53



 

U.K. Buyer” shall have the meaning ascribed thereto in the preamble.

 

U.K. Employment Legislation” shall have the meaning ascribed thereto in Section 3.13(f).

 

U.S. Buyer” shall have the meaning ascribed thereto in the preamble.

 

Vacation Policy” shall have the meaning ascribed thereto in Section 5.6(k).

 

WARN” shall have the meaning ascribed thereto in Section 5.6(n).

 

11.2.                        Notices.  All communications provided for hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed to be given when delivered in person or by private courier with receipt, when telefaxed and received, or three (3) days after being deposited in the United States mail, first-class, registered or certified, return receipt requested, with postage paid and,

 

If to U.S. Buyer:

CRC Press I LLC
c/o Taylor & Francis Publishers, Inc.
325 Chestnut Street
Suite 800
Philadelphia, PA 19106
Attn: Kevin J. Bradley
Fax: (215) 625-2940

 

 

With a copy to:

Blank Rome LLP
One Logan Square
Philadelphia, PA 19103
Attn: Lewis J. Hoch, Esquire
Fax: (215) 832-5542

 

 

If to the U.K. Buyer:

Routledge No. 2 Limited
c/o Taylor & Francis Group, plc
11 New Fetter Lane
London EC4P 4EE
Attn: Jeffrey S. Thomasson
Fax: (44) 207-842-2248

 

 

With a copy to:

Blank Rome LLP
One Logan Square
Philadelphia, PA 19103
Attn: Lewis J. Hoch, Esquire
Fax: (215) 832-5542

 

54



 

If to the Sellers or IHI:

CRC Press LLC
2000 Corporate Boulevard, N.W.
Boca Raton, FL 33431
Attention: President and CEO
Fax: 561-241-7856

 

 

 

CRC Press (U.K.) LLC
2000 Corporate Boulevard N.W.
Boca Raton, FL 33431
Attention: President and CEO
Fax: 561-241-7856

 

 

 

Parthenon Inc.
2000 Corporate Boulevard N.W.
Boca Raton, FL 33431
Attention: President and CEO
Fax: 561-241-7856

 

 

 

IHI Inc.
2777 Summer Street
Suite 209
Stamford, CT 06905
Attention: President and CEO
Fax: 203-961-1431

 

 

With a copy to:

Willkie Farr & Gallagher
787 Seventh Avenue
New York, NY 10019-6099
Attention: Steven J. Gartner, Esq.
Fax: 212-728-8111

 

or to such other address as any such party shall designate by written notice to the other parties hereto.

 

11.3.                        Survival.  All representations and warranties of the Sellers and IHI, including, without limitation, those set out in schedule 4 to the Parthenon Acquisition Agreement (as incorporated by Section 3 and varied by Schedule 3.1(d) hereto) on the one hand, and the Buyers, on the other hand shall survive for the periods set forth in Section 8.1(b)(i) and 8.2(b), respectively.  The covenants of the Sellers and IHI and of the U.K. Buyer in the Parthenon Tax Covenant shall survive for the period set forth in the Parthenon Tax Covenant.  All covenants and indemnities (other than the Parthenon Tax Covenant) and other agreements requiring performance after the Closing Date shall survive indefinitely.  The obligations under any covenants, indemnities and agreements that were not fully discharged or performed prior to the Closing Date in compliance with this Agreement shall survive until the three year anniversary of the date hereof; provided, that claims submitted within such period are not thereafter barred.

 

55



 

11.4.                        Bulk Transfers.  The Buyers waive compliance with the provisions of all applicable Laws relating to bulk transfers in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

 

11.5.                        Further Assurances; Asset Returns.  Upon request from time to time, the Sellers shall execute and deliver all documents, take all rightful oaths, and do all other acts that may be reasonably necessary or desirable, in the reasonable opinion of counsel for the Buyers, to perfect or record the title of the Buyers, or any successor of the Buyers, to the Assets transferred or to be transferred under this Agreement, or to aid in the prosecution, defense, or other litigation of any rights arising from said transfer (provided that the Buyers shall reimburse the Sellers for all out-of-pocket costs and expenses resulting from any such request unless said request arises out of any fault, breach or default of Sellers).  In the event that the Sellers receive any proceeds or other assets or properties of the U.S. Buyer after the Closing Date, they shall hold such funds in trust for the U.S. Buyer, deposit such funds in an account for the U.S. Buyers and remit on a weekly basis all such funds to the U.S. Buyers as the U.S. Buyers shall direct, together with an accounting of such funds.  The Sellers shall have no interest or right to or claim against such funds.

 

11.6.                        Other Covenants.  To the extent that any Consents needed to assign to the Buyers any of the Assets have not been obtained on or prior to the Closing Date, this Agreement shall not constitute an assignment or attempted assignment thereof if such assignment or attempted assignment would constitute a breach thereof.  If any such Consent shall not be obtained on or prior to the Closing Date, then (a) the Sellers and the Buyers, if required under applicable Law, shall use their reasonable efforts in good faith to obtain such Consent as promptly as practicable thereafter and (b) if, in the reasonable judgment of the Buyers such consent may not be obtained, the parties shall use reasonable efforts in good faith to cooperate, and to use their reasonable efforts to cause each of their respective affiliates to cooperate, in any lawful arrangement designed to provide for the Buyers the benefits under any such Assets including, without limitation, (i) granting to any of the Buyers a security interest in such Assets and all post-Closing cash and non-cash proceeds thereof, as security for the prompt and timely satisfaction and performance of Obligations of the Sellers under this Agreement; and (ii) appointing as an attorney-in-fact any of the Buyers or their affiliates in order to effect the purposes of this section.  This provision does not limit the Sellers’ Obligations under this Agreement.

 

11.7.                        Expenses.  Subject to Section 5.12(c), the Sellers and the Buyers shall each pay their respective expenses (such as legal, investment banker and accounting fees) incurred in connection with the origination, negotiation, execution and performance of this Agreement, except that the Buyers shall be responsible for the payment of the filing fees in connection with filings with the FTC and the Antitrust Division under the Hart-Scott Act.

 

11.8.                        Non-Assignability.

 

(a)                                  This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding on the parties hereto and their respective successors and permitted assigns.  This Agreement shall not be assigned by IHI or the Sellers without the express prior written consent of the Buyers, and any attempted assignment, without such consent, shall be null and void.

 

56



 

(b)                                 The sale or transfer of all or part of the Business after the Closing to any member of the Buyers’ Group or any other assignment permitted by the Buyers shall not affect the liability of IHI and the Sellers under any provision of this Agreement whatsoever.

 

(c)                                  It is expressly understood that any material change in the direct or indirect ownership or control of the Sellers, any merger or consolidation directly or indirectly involving the Sellers, or any other substantial change in the ownership of the Business by the Sellers constitutes an assignment within the meaning of this provision.

 

(d)                                 The Buyers and its assignees may at any time (i) assign, (ii) transfer, (iii) charge, (iv) declare or create a trust or other interest over or (v) deal in any other manner with this Agreement or any of its rights or obligations under it; provided, however, that nothing herein shall relieve the Buyers of any of their liabilities or obligations hereunder.

 

(e)                                  The Buyers shall be entitled, solely as required by the Financing Commitment or any further financing agreements and solely with respect to the Buyers’ Lender or future lenders, to: grant security over or assign by way of security all or any of its rights under this Agreement; assign or transfer the benefit of rights under, or rights of action for breaches of, this Agreement; or sell or transfer all or some of the Parthenon Shares to a third party/a member of the Buyer Group on terms the same as, or similar to (in whole or in part) those set out in this Agreement (including, without limitation, the terms of Section 2 and this Section 11) in reliance, inter alia, upon the warranties, covenants, indemnities, agreements and undertakings set out in this Agreement.  In the event of any such grant, assignment, sale or transfer, it is agreed that any person to whom such security has been granted, to whom such rights have been assigned or transferred or to whom such shares have been sold or transferred shall in its own right be able to enforce any of the warranties, covenants, indemnities, agreements and undertakings set out in this Agreement, provided always that, as a condition thereto, any such third party shall (i) obtain the prior written consent of the Buyers, (ii) serve written notice to all of the parties hereto agreeing to be bound by the terms of Section 11.13 (jurisdiction), and (iii) not be entitled to assign its rights under this Section 11.8.

 

(f)                                    Taylor & Francis Group, plc may, by notice in writing to the Sellers, substitute a different U.K. Buyer than that in the preamble, at any time prior to Closing.

 

11.9.                        Amendment; Waiver.  This Agreement may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified only by a written instrument executed by the parties hereto.  No waiver by either party of any of the provisions hereof shall be effective unless explicitly set forth in writing and executed by the party so waiving. Except as provided in the preceding sentence, no action taken pursuant to this Agreement, including without limitation, any investigation by or on behalf of any party, shall be deemed to constitute a waiver by the party taking such action of compliance with any representations, warranties, covenants, or agreements contained herein, and in any documents delivered or to be delivered pursuant to this Agreement and in connection with the Closing hereunder.  The waiver by any party hereto of a breach of any provision of this Agreement shall not operate or be construed as a waiver of any subsequent breach.

 

57



 

11.10.                  Reliance by the Buyers; Representations and Warranties; Schedules and Exhibits.

 

(a)                                  Notwithstanding the right of the Buyers to investigate the Business, Assets and financial condition of the Sellers and Parthenon Ltd., and notwithstanding any knowledge determined or determinable by the Buyers as a result of such investigation, the Buyers have the unqualified right to rely upon, and IHI and the Sellers acknowledge that the Buyers have relied upon and have been induced thereby to enter into this Agreement, each of the representations and warranties (including, without limitation, those set out in schedule 4 to the Parthenon Acquisition Agreement (as incorporated by Section 3 and varied by Schedule 3.1(d) hereto)).  No such knowledge shall prejudice any claim which the Buyers shall be entitled to bring or shall operate to reduce any amount recoverable by the Buyers  under this Agreement.  Without limiting any of the representations, warranties or covenants of the Sellers hereunder, each of the Buyers and the Sellers agrees that neither IHI, the Sellers, Parthenon Ltd. nor any of their respective officers, members, directors, stockholders, employees, affiliates, representatives or agents shall have any liability or responsibility arising out of, or relating to, any information (whether written or oral), documents or materials furnished by IHI, the Sellers, Parthenon Ltd. or any of their respective officers, members, directors, stockholders, employees, affiliates or any of their respective representatives or agents, including the Confidential Information Memorandum dated November 2002, and any information, documents or materials made available to the Buyers in certain “data rooms”, management presentations or any other form in expectation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

 

(b)                                 All exhibits and schedules including without limitation the Disclosure Schedule hereto are hereby incorporated by reference and made a part of this Agreement.  All statements contained in the Disclosure Schedule, exhibits, certificates and other instruments attached hereto or delivered or furnished on behalf of the Sellers pursuant hereto or in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby, shall be deemed representations and warranties by IHI and the Sellers, subject to any fact or item which is clearly disclosed on any schedule or exhibit to this Agreement or in the Annual Financial Statements which shall be deemed to be an exception to such representation or warranty.

 

11.11.                  Third Parties.  This Agreement does not create any rights, claims or benefits inuring to any person that is not a party hereto nor does it create or establish any third party beneficiary hereto.

 

11.12.                  Governing Law.  This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York, except that the laws of England and Wales shall apply to the interpretation of the representations and warranties and indemnities in relation to Parthenon Ltd.

 

11.13.                  Consent to Jurisdiction.  Each of the parties hereto, irrevocably submits to the exclusive jurisdiction of the Supreme Court of the State of New York, New York County or the U.S. District Court for the Southern District of New York, for the purposes of any suit, action or other Proceeding arising out of this Agreement or any transaction contemplated hereby.  Each of the parties hereto further agrees that service of any process, summons, notice or document by U.S. registered mail to such party’s respective address set forth in Section 11.2 shall be effective service of process for any action, suit or Proceeding in New York with respect to any matters to

 

58



 

which it has submitted to jurisdiction as set forth above in the immediately preceding sentence.  Each of the parties hereto irrevocably and unconditionally waives any objection to the laying of venue of any action, suit or Proceeding arising out of this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby in the Supreme Court of the State of New York, New York County or the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York, and hereby further irrevocably and unconditionally waives and agrees not to plead or claim in any such court that any such action, suit or Proceeding brought in any such court has been brought in an inconvenient forum.

 

11.14.                  Certain Definitions.  For purposes of this Agreement, the term shall be as defined in Section 11.1 or elsewhere in this Agreement, including the recitals hereto.

 

11.15.                  Entire Agreement.  This Agreement, and the schedules and exhibits hereto (including, without limitation, those set out in schedule 4 to the Parthenon Acquisition Agreement (as incorporated by Section 3 and varied by Schedule 3.1(d) hereto and those set out in schedule 6 to the Parthenon Acquisition Agreement (as incorporated by Section 5.14 and varied by Schedule 5.14 hereto)) set forth the entire understanding of the parties hereto and no modifications or amendments to this Agreement shall be binding on the parties unless in writing and signed by the party or parties to be bound by such modification or amendment.

 

11.16.                  Section Headings; Table of Contents.  The section headings contained in this Agreement and the Table of Contents to this Agreement are for reference purposes only and shall not affect the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement.

 

11.17.                  Severability.  If any provision of this Agreement shall be declared by any court of competent jurisdiction to be illegal, void or unenforceable, all other provisions of this Agreement shall not be affected and shall remain in full force and effect.

 

11.18.                  Counterparts.  This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original and all of which together shall be deemed to be one and the same instrument.

 

59



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Agreement to be duly executed as of the date first above written.

 

 

 

CRC PRESS LLC

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

CRC PRESS (U.K.) LLC

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

PARTHENON INC.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

INFORMATION HOLDINGS INC.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

ROUTLEDGE NO. 2 LIMITED

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 



 

 

CRC PRESS I LLC

 

 

 

By:  Taylor & Francis Books, Inc.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

GUARANTEE

 

Taylor & Francis Group plc hereby guarantees all obligations and liabilities of the Buyers under this Agreement.

 

 

Taylor & Francis Group plc

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 



 

SCHEDULE 1.2 (i)
Particulars relating to Parthenon

 

Authorised share capital:

100 ordinary shares of £1 each

 

 

Issued share capital:

100 ordinary shares of £1 each

 

 

Directors:

Fenton Markevich
David George Thomas Bloomer
T Emmett Dages

 

 

Secretary:

Bibi Rahima Ally
Vivian Espinosa Kennedy

 

 

Auditors:

Ernst & Young LLP

 

 

Accounting reference date:

31 December

 

 

Registered Office:

23 Blades Court
Deodar Road
London SW15

 

2



 

SCHEDULE 3.1(d)

 

The representations and warranties contained in schedule 4 to the Parthenon Acquisition Agreement (the “Parthenon Warranties”) shall be and are hereby varied in relation to this Agreement as follows:

 

1.               In the Parthenon Warranties references to :

 

(i)                                     the “Vendors” and to the “Agreement” shall be taken to mean references to IHI and the Sellers and to this Agreement, respectively;

 

(ii)                                  the “Company” and to the “Shares” shall be taken to mean references to Parthenon Ltd. and to the Parthenon Shares, respectively;

 

(iii)                               the “Accounts” shall be taken to mean references to the audited accounts for Parthenon Ltd. In respect to the financial period ending 31 December 2001;

 

(iv)                              The “Disclosure Letter” shall be taken as reference to the Letter dated the date of this Agreement from IHI and the Sellers to the Buyers making certain disclosures against the representations and warranties set out in schedule 4 to the Parthenon Acquisition Agreement (as incorporated by Section 3 of this Agreement, is varied by this Schedule 3.1(d)); and

 

(v)                                 references to the Financial Services Act 1986 shall be taken to mean the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000;

 

(vi)                              the “Accounts Date” shall be taken to mean 31 December 2001;

 

(vii)                           “Group Company” shall be taken to mean, in relation to any company, any body corporate which is from time to time a holding company of that company, a subsidiary of that company or a subsidiary of a holding company of that company;

 

(viii)                        “Intellectual Property” shall be taken to mean patents, petty patents, registered designs, design right, copyright, database right, trade marks, service marks, trade or business names, domain names, get up or trade documents, inventions or secret processes, know-how and all rights or forms of protection of a similar nature or effect subsisting anywhere in the world, including applications for any such right;

 

(ix)                                “Properties” shall be taken to mean the leasehold properties of the Company, details of which are set out in Schedule of Properties; and

 

(x)                                   “Schedule of Properties” the schedule of the Company’s properties set out at tab 9 of the Agreed Bundle.

 

3



 

2.               Warranty 1.1 shall be deleted and replaced with the following “The facts set out in Schedule 1.2(i) to this Agreement are true and accurate in all respects”.

 

3.               Warranty 1.2 shall be amended by the addition of the word “material” before the word “facts” where it appears in such Warranty.

 

4.               Warranty 2.1.1 shall be deleted.

 

5.               Warranty 2.1.2.1 and Warranty 2.3 shall each be amended by the deletion of the word “either” where it appears in such Warranty and the addition of the word “any” in substitution therefor.

 

6.               Warranty 2.1.2.3 shall be amended by the addition of the words “so far as the Sellers are aware” before the word “cause” where it appears in such Warranty.

 

7.               Warranty 4.1.3 shall be deleted.

 

8.               Warranty 4.3.1 shall be amended by the deletion of the words “apart from the Subsidiary.”

 

9.               Warranty 4.3.2 shall be deleted.

 

10.         Warranty 4.3.3 shall be amended by the deletion of the words “other than the Associated Companies.”

 

11.         Warranty 4.3.4 shall be amended by the deletion of the words “with the exception of the Parthenon Publishing Group, Inc.”

 

12.         Warranty 5.2 shall be amended by the addition of the words “so far as the Sellers are aware” before the words “all such licenses, consents, permits” in the fourth line of such Warranty.

 

13.         Warranty 5.4 shall be amended by the addition of the words “so far as the Sellers are aware” before the words “threatened by” in the fourth line of such Warranty.

 

14.         Warranty 5.5.1.1 shall be amended by the deletion of the words “is or” on the first line of such Warranty and the words “or is” on the third line of such Warranty.

 

15.         Warranty 5.5.1.2 shall be amended by the addition of the words “or was” after the word “is” where it appears in such Warranty.

 

16.         Warranty 6.4 shall be deleted.

 

17.         Warranty 7.4 shall be amended by the addition of the words “otherwise than in the ordinary course of business” before the words “the Company has not entered into”.

 

18.         Warranty 7.6 shall be amended by the addition of the words “other than the dividend paid to the Company’s immediate parent prior to the date of this Agreement” before the words “no distribution of capital or income …..”.

 

4



 

19.         Warranty 7.7 shall be amended by the addition of the words “between the Company and any Group Company” after the words “large unit volume sales” and the deletion of the figure word “35%” where it appears in such Warranty and the addition of the figure “40%” in substitution therefor.

 

20.         Warranty 8.1 shall be amended by the deletion of the words “Completion Date” and the addition of the word “Closing” in substitution therefor.

 

21.         Warranty 10.1.1.2 shall be amended by the addition of the words “(it being acknowledged that certain customers of Parthenon Ltd. from the pharmaceutical industry are known to place one off orders)” before the words “no major or substantial customer”.

 

22.         Warranty 10.1.1.3 shall be amended by the addition of the words “and discounts” after the word “changes” where it appears in such Warranty.

 

23.         Warranty 10.1.1 shall be amended by the deletion of the word “Completion” where it appears in such Warranty and the addition of the words “the Closing” on substitution therefor.

 

24.         Warranty 10.3.1 shall be amended by the deletion of the words “save in relation to Yong Woo Park (the terms of which are fully disclosed in the Disclosure Letter)”.

 

25.         Warranty 10.3.2 shall be amended by the deletion of the words “save in relation to Michael Goh, LIR International, Editorial Acibia, BA Books Pty Ltd, Eastern Medical Publishers and Jaypee Brothers (the terms of which are fully disclosed in the Disclosure Letter)” and the addition of the words “save in relation to the agents and/or distributors of any Group Company (including, but not limited to, CRC Press as listed in Disclosure Letter) before the word “the Company” where it appears in such Warranty.”

 

26.         Warranty 11.1.1 shall be amended by the deletion of the words “within six months after the date on which it was entered into or undertaken”.

 

27.         Warranty 11.1.3 shall be amended by the deletion of the words “on time without unusual expenditure of money and effort”.

 

28.         Warranty 11.1.11 shall be amended by the addition of the words “(otherwise than in relation to sales made between the Company and Group Companies)” before the words “is an agreement or arrangement”.

 

29.         Warranty 11.4 shall be amended by the deletion of the words “Medical Communication Services” and the addition of the words “medical communication services” in substitution therefor.

 

30.         Warranty 12.4 shall be amended by the deletion of the word “Warrantors” and the addition of the word “Sellers” in substitution therefor.

 

31.         Warranty 13.4 shall be amended by the addition of the words “So far as the Sellers are aware” before the words “in respect of the personal data”.

 

5



 

32.         Warranties 14.4 and 14.5 shall be deleted.

 

33.         Warranty 14.6 shall be amended by the deletion of the numbers 14.4 and 14.5 where they appear in such Warranty.

 

34.         Warranty 14.12 shall be deleted.

 

35.         Warranty 14.3 shall be amended by the addition of the words “in so far as that standard form relates to Intellectual Property” after the words “in such standard form” where they appear in such Warranty.

 

36.         Each of Warranties 15.1, 15.3, 15.4, 15.5, 15.16, 15.17 and 15.19 shall be amended by the deletion of the words “Associated Companies”, “Group Company” and the “Subsidiary” where they appear in such Warranty.

 

37.         Warranty 15.18 shall be deleted.

 

38.         Warranty 15.19.2 shall be amended by the deletion of the words “Agreement for Lease, Lease, License, Deed, Agreement or other document ancillary or supplemental to a Lease” and the addition of the words “agreement for lease, license, deed, agreement or other document ancillary or supplemental to a lease” in substitution therefor.

 

39.         Warranty 15.2 shall be amended by the deletion of the words “Schedule 5” and the addition of the words “The Schedule of Properties (a copy of which is attached to the Disclosure Letter”) in substitution therefor.

 

40.         Warranty 15.4 shall be amended by the addition of the words “so far as the Sellers are aware” after the words “the Properties and” where they appear in such Warranty.

 

41.         Warranty 15.7 shall be amended by the addition of the words “so far as the Sellers are aware” before the words “the Properties” where they appear in such Warranty.

 

42.         Warranty 15.8 shall be amended by the addition of the words “so far as the Sellers are aware” after the words “current use” where they appear in such Warranty.

 

43.         Warranty 15.9 shall be amended by the addition of the words “so far as the Sellers are aware” before the words “there is no matter” where they appear in such Warranty.

 

44.         Warranty 15.13 shall be amended by the addition of the words “so far as the Sellers are aware” after the words “all statutes, orders” when they appear in such Warranty.

 

45.         Warranty 15.15 shall be amended by the addition of the words “so far as the Sellers are aware” after the words “of the Properties and” where they appear in such Warranty and the deletion of the word “Vendors” to be replaced with the word “Sellers” where it appears in such Warranty.

 

46.         Warranty 15.16 shall be amended by the addition of the words “so far as the Sellers are aware” before the words “paid all sums” where they appear in such Warranty.

 

6



 

47.         Warranty 16 shall be deleted in its entirety.

 

48.         Warranty 17 shall be deleted in its entirety.

 

49.         The statement at paragraph 18.1 of the Parthenon Warranties shall be amended by the addition of the words “save that the definition of “Accounts” for the purposes of Schedule 6 (Tax Covenant) shall not apply to this part of Schedule 4”.

 

50.         Warranty 18.4 shall be amended by the deletion of the words “will continue to be” and their replacement by the word “are”.

 

51.         Warranty 18.9 shall be deleted.

 

52.         Warranty 18.11 shall be deleted.

 

53.         Warranty 18.12.1 shall be amended by the deletion of the words “or which may be incurred by it under any continuing obligation” and the words “or will qualify for capital allowances”, and the replacement of the word “six” by the word “three”.

 

54.         Warranty 18.15.1 shall be amended by the deletion of the words “or will or may apply”.

 

55.         Warranty 18.15.2 shall be amended by the deletion of the words “or will or may apply”.

 

56.         Warranty 18.21.1 shall be amended by the replacement of the words “or might become” by the word “been”.

 

1.                                       In the Parthenon Warranties (as incorporated by Section 3 and varied by this Schedule 3.1(d)) (unless the context requires otherwise):

 

(a)                                  words and expressions which are defined in the Companies Acts have the same meanings as are given to them in the Companies Acts;

 

(b)                                 any reference to a statute, statutory provision or subordinate legislation (“legislation”) shall (except where the context requires otherwise) be construed as referred to such legislation as amended and in force from time to time and to any legislation which re-enacts or consolidates (with or without modification) any such legislation;

 

(c)                                  any reference to an SSAP is to a Statement of Standard Accounting Practice adopted by the Accounting Standards Board and shall be construed as including a reference to:

 

(i)                                     any Financial Reporting Standard issued by the Accounting Standards Board to amend, withdraw or supersede such SSAP and any reference to an FRS is to a Financial Reporting Standard issued by the Accounting Standards Board; and

 

7



 

(ii)                                  any Urgent Issues Task Force abstracts issued by the Accounting Standards Board to advise on and clarify the interpretation of SSAPs and FRSs and any reference to an UITF abstract is to an Urgent Issues Task Force abstract issued by the Accounting Standards Board;

 

(d)                                 any gender includes a reference to the other genders;

 

(e)                                  any reference to a “person” includes a natural person, partnership, company, body corporate, association, organization, government, state, foundation and trust (in each case whether or not having separate legal personality);

 

(f)                                    any reference to a Warranty is to a Warranty of schedule 4 to the Parthenon Acquisition Agreement (as incorporated into this Agreement by section 3 and amended pursuant to this schedule 3.1(d));

 

2.                                       The Parthenon Warranties, save for those set in Warranty 2.1.2, 4.1 and 4.2 are qualified by reference to those matters fairly disclosed in the Disclosure Letter.

 

8



 

Schedule 5.14

 

Tax Covenant in respect of Parthenon Ltd.

 

The covenant contained in Schedule 6 (Tax Covenant) to the Parthenon Acquisition Agreement shall be varied in relation to this Agreement as follows:

 

(a)                                  references to:

 

(i)                                     “Accounts” shall be deemed to be references to the consolidated balance sheet to be prepared pursuant to section 2.2(a) and “Accounts relief” shall be construed accordingly;

 

(ii)                                  “Agreement” shall be deemed to be references to this Agreement;

 

(iii)                               “Company” shall be deemed to be references to Parthenon Ltd. and references to “Associated Companies” and “Subsidiaries” shall be ignored;

 

(iv)                              “Completion” and “Completion Date” shall be deemed to be references to Closing and Closing Date respectively;

 

(v)                                 “Consideration” shall be deemed to be references to Purchase Price;

 

(vi)                              “post-Accounts Date relief” shall be deemed to be references to any relief which arises as a consequence of, or by reference to, an event occurring or deemed to occur after the Closing Date;

 

(vii)                           “Purchaser” and “Vendors” shall be deemed to be references to the U.K. Buyer and to IHI and the Sellers respectively; and

 

(viii)                        “Shares” shall be deemed to be references to Parthenon Shares;

 

(b)                                 the provisions of paragraphs 2.4, 3.1.3, 3.3 and 3.4 shall not apply;

 

(c)                                  The following sub-paragraph shall be added:

 

“3.3                           The provisions of Section 8.1(b)(iv) (maximum liability), Section 8.1(c) and Section 8.1(d) of this Agreement shall apply to claims under this Schedule.”; and

 

(d)                                 Paragraph 4 shall be amended by the insertion of the following:

 

“4.2.6 any refund or credit relating to a Pre-Closing Tax Period other than an Accounts Relief”; and

 

(e)                                  paragraph 4.4.3 shall be amended by the addition of the words “and in the event that no payments are due from the Vendors under this Schedule, Relevant Amounts falling within paragraphs 4.2.1 and 4.2.6 shall be refunded to the Vendors as soon as reasonably practicable after the seventh anniversary of Completion” after the words “under this Schedule”; and

 

9



 

(f)                                    paragraph 8.1 shall be amended by the addition of the words “in either case to include an entitlement under the terms of any applicable double taxation agreement or convention” after the words “by virtue of a legal entitlement”; and

 

(g)                                 paragraph 9.1.1 shall be replaced by the following: “any liability to taxation of IHI and the Sellers or any person connected with IHI and the Sellers which is also a liability of the Company or any person connected with the Company after Completion and which arises as a result of the Company or any such person connected with the Company after Completion failing to discharge the liability to taxation in question”;

 

(h)                                 paragraph 9.2 shall be amended by the deletion of the words “paragraph 9.2” and the insertion of the words “paragraph 9.1”;

 

(i)                                     the reference to “twelfth anniversary” in paragraph 9.5 shall be deemed to be a reference to the seventh anniversary;

 

(j)                                                                                     The following paragraph shall be added to the Parthenon Tax Covenant:

 

“10                                                      Conduct of tax affairs

 

10.1                                                   Subject to and in accordance with the provisions of this paragraph 10, the Vendors or their duly authorized agents shall be responsible for the taxation affairs of the Company for all accounting periods ending on or before completion (“pre-Completion tax affairs”), and accordingly in respect of such periods the Vendors or their duly authorized agents shall, at the Vendors’ cost:-

 

10.1.1                                          prepare and submit the tax returns of the Company;

 

10.1.2                                          prepare and submit on behalf of the Company all claims, elections, disclaimers, notices and consents for the purposes of taxation;

 

10.1.3                                          deal with all matters relating to taxation which concern or affect the Company, including the conduct of all negotiations and correspondence and the reaching of all related agreements.

 

10.2                                                   The Vendors shall procure that:-

 

10.2.1                                          the Purchaser is kept fully informed of the progress of all matters relating to the pre-Completion tax affairs;

 

10.2.2                                          the Purchaser promptly receives copies of all material written correspondence with any taxation authority insofar as it is relevant to the pre-Completion tax affairs;

 

10.2.3                                          the Purchaser is afforded a reasonable opportunity to comment on all returns, claims, notices or other documents relating to taxation (“tax document”) or other non-routine correspondence before its submission

 

10



 

to the relevant taxation authority and that its reasonable comments are taken into account (provided that, if the Purchaser fails to comment within fifteen business days of receipt, the Vendors or their duly authorized agents shall be entitled to submit the relevant tax document or correspondence to the relevant taxation authority without further reference to the Purchaser);

 

10.2.4                                          no tax document is submitted to any taxation authority which is not true and accurate in all material respects.

 

10.3                                                   The Vendors shall devote reasonable resources to dealing with pre-Completion tax affairs, and shall use reasonable endeavors to ensure that they are finalised as soon as reasonably practicable.

 

10.4                                                   The Purchaser shall procure that:-

 

10.4.1                                          the Vendors and their duly authorised agents are afforded such information and assistance as they reasonably require to enable the Vendors to fulfill their obligations under this paragraph 10;

 

10.4.2                                          the Vendors are promptly sent a copy of any communication from any taxation authority insofar as it relates to pre-Completion tax affairs;

 

10.4.3                                          subject to paragraph 10.5 below, the Company authorises and signs all tax documents relating to pre-Completion tax affairs required to be signed by it.

 

10.5                                                   The Purchaser shall be under no obligation to procure the authorisation or signing of any tax document delivered which it considers in its reasonable opinion to be false, misleading, incomplete or inaccurate in any respect.

 

10.6                                                   The Purchaser or its duly authorized agents shall be responsible for the taxation affairs of the Company for the accounting period current at Completion.

 

10.7                                                   The Purchaser shall procure that the Vendors are afforded a reasonable opportunity to comment on material tax documents or other non-routine correspondence which relate to the part of the accounting period current at Completion which falls before Completion before their submission to the relevant taxation authority and that their reasonable comments are taken into account (provided that, if the Vendors fail to comment within fifteen business days of receipt, the Purchaser or its duly authorized agents shall be entitled to submit the relevant tax document or correspondence to the relevant taxation authority without further reference to the Vendors).

 

11



 

10.8                                                   For the avoidance of doubt where any matter relating to taxation gives rise to a taxation claim, the provisions of paragraph 6 (conduct of taxation claims) shall apply to the effect that, in relation to that matter, the provisions of paragraph 6 shall take precedence over the provisions of this paragraph 10.”

 

12



 

SCHEDULE 7.3

 

Part I

 

1.                                       On Closing the Sellers shall deliver to or, if the U.K. Buyer shall so agree, make available to the U.K. Buyer:

 

(a)                                  transfers in the Agreed Form relating to all the Parthenon Shares duly executed in favor of Buyer (or as it may direct);

 

(b)                                 share certificate(s) relating to the Parthenon Shares;

 

(c)                                  letters of resignation in the Agreed Form from all of the directors and the secretary of Parthenon Ltd. from their offices as director or secretary of containing a confirmation that they have no claims (whether statutory, contractual or otherwise) against Parthenon Ltd. for compensation for loss of office or for unpaid remuneration or otherwise together with delivery to the U.K. Buyer of all property of Parthenon Ltd. in their possession or under their control; provided that in relation to Mr. David Bloomer, the Sellers shall only be obligated to use all reasonable endeavors to deliver the letter of resignation in the Agreed Form and the failure to deliver such resignation letter shall not be a condition to Closing.

 

(d)                                 the written resignation of the auditors of Parthenon Ltd. containing an acknowledgement that they have no claim against Parthenon Ltd. for compensation for loss of office, professional fees or otherwise and a statement under section 3 94(1) of the U.K. Companies Act 1985;

 

(e)                                  certificate of incorporation and statutory books and share certificate books and cheque books of Parthenon Ltd.;

 

(f)                                    to the extent not in the possession of Parthenon Ltd., all books of account or references as to customers and/or suppliers and other records and all insurance policies in any way relating to or concerning the businesses of Parthenon Ltd., which shall have been expressly requested by the Buyers’ solicitors prior to the date of this Agreement; and

 

(g)                                 to the extent not in the possession of Parthenon Ltd., all licenses, consents, permits and authorisations obtained by or issued to Parthenon Ltd. or any other person in connection with the business carried on by any of them.

 

Part II

 

2.                                       At the Closing (and prior to the taking effect of the resignations of the directors referred to in paragraph 1(c) above) the Sellers shall procure the passing of board resolutions of Parthenon Ltd.:

 

(a)                                  sanctioning for registration (subject where necessary to due stamping) the transfer(s) in respect of the Parthenon Shares;

 

13



 

(b)                                 authorising the delivery to the U.K. Buyer of share certificates in respect of the Parthenon Shares;

 

(c)                                  appointing Messrs. David J. Smith, Jonathan G. Conibear, Roger G. Horton, Anthony M. Foye and Jeffrey S. Thomasson to be the directors and Jeffrey S. Thomasson to be the secretary of Parthenon Ltd.;

 

(d)                                 revoking all mandates to Parthenon Ltd.’s bank and giving authority in favour of those directors appointed under clause 2(c) above and Stuart Dawson or such other persons as the U.K. Buyer may nominate to operate the bank accounts thereof; and

 

(e)                                  resolving that the registered office of Parthenon Ltd. be changed to 11 New Fetter Lane, London EC4P 4EE.

 

3.                                       The Sellers shall procure that at Closing:

 

(a)                                  there are repaid all sums (if any) owing to Parthenon Ltd. by IHI, any Seller or any of its or their affiliates or by the directors of Parthenon Ltd. or any of their connected persons except those arising in the ordinary course of trade and whether or not such sums are due for repayment;

 

(b)                                 Parthenon Ltd. is released from any guarantee, indemnity, bond, letter of comfort or Encumbrance or other similar obligation given or incurred by it which relates in whole or in part to debts or other liabilities or obligations, whether actual or contingent, of any person other than Parthenon Ltd.;

 

and prior to such repayment or release IHI and the Sellers undertake to the Buyers (on behalf of itself and as trustee on behalf of Parthenon Ltd.) to keep Parthenon Ltd. fully indemnified against any failure to make any such repayment or any liability arising under any such guarantee, indemnity, bond, letter of comfort or Encumbrance in accordance with the provisions of this paragraph 3 of Schedule 7.3.

 

4.                                       The Sellers shall, on or post Closing, sign such documents as are required by Parthenon Ltd.’s bank to change the Bank’s mandates, as directed by U.K. Buyer.

 

5.                                       The Sellers shall at Closing provide a release duly executed as a deed under which each of IHI and the Sellers agrees with the Buyers and Parthenon Ltd. (and their respective directors, officers, employees, agents and advisers) that they irrevocably waive any and all claims which they might otherwise have against Parthenon Ltd. or any of its respective directors, officers, employees, agents or advisers in respect thereof and any and all other claims against Parthenon Ltd. or any such persons in respect of any cause, matter or thing whatsoever and hereby releases Parthenon Ltd. and each such person from any liability or obligation to it whatsoever.

 

14




EX-21.1 7 a2106388zex-21_1.htm EXHIBIT 21.1

Exhibit 21.1

 

SUBSIDIARIES OF INFORMATION HOLDINGS INC.

 

NAME

 

STATE OF INCORPORATION
OR ORGANIZATION

 

 

 

CRC Press LLC

 

Delaware

 

 

 

MicroPatent LLC

 

Delaware

 

 

 

Information Ventures LLC

 

Delaware

 

 

 

Optipat, Inc.

 

Virginia

 

 

 

MicroPatent (U.K.) LLC

 

Delaware

 

 

 

Master Data Center, Inc.

 

Michigan

 

 

 

Transcender LLC

 

Delaware

 

 

 

CRC Press Inc.

 

Delaware

 

 

 

CRC Press (U.K.) LLC

 

Delaware

 

 

 

Liquent, Inc.

 

Delaware

 

 

 

Liquent, Ltd.

 

United Kingdom

 

 

 

Parthenon Publishing Group, Ltd.

 

United Kingdom

 

 

 

Parthenon Inc.

 

New Jersey

 

 

 

IDRAC Holdings SAS

 

France

 

 

 

IDRAC SAS

 

France

 




EX-23.1 8 a2106388zex-23_1.htm EXHIBIT 23.1
QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document


Exhibit 23.1


CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT AUDITORS

        We consent to the incorporation by reference in the Registration Statements (Form S-8 No. 333-69024 and No. 333-101614) pertaining to the Information Holdings Inc. 1998 Stock Option Plan of our report dated February 14, 2003 (except for Note 18, as to which the date is February 28, 2003) with respect to the consolidated financial statements of Information Holdings Inc. and subsidiaries included in the Annual Report (Form 10-K) for the year ended December 31, 2002.

                        /s/ Ernst & Young LLP

New York, New York
March 24, 2003




QuickLinks

Exhibit 23.1
CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT AUDITORS
EX-99.1 9 a2106388zex-99_1.htm EXHIBIT 99.1

Exhibit 99.1

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO
18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO
SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

In connection with the Annual Report of Information Holdings Inc. (the “Company”) on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2002 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), I, Mason P. Slaine, Chief Executive Officer of the Company, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. §1350, as adopted pursuant to §906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that:

          (1) The Report fully complies with the requirements of section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and

          (2) The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

A signed original of this written statement required by Section 906 has been provided to the Company and will be retained by the Company and furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission or its staff upon request.

 

/s/ Mason P. Slaine

Mason P. Slaine

President, Chief Executive Officer and

Director

March 28, 2003

 

 




EX-99.2 10 a2106388zex-99_2.htm EXHIBIT 99.2

Exhibit 99.2

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO
18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO
SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

In connection with the Annual Report of Information Holdings Inc. (the “Company”) on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2002 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), I, Vincent A. Chippari, Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of the Company, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. §1350, as adopted pursuant to §906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that:

          (1) The Report fully complies with the requirements of section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and

          (2) The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

A signed original of this written statement required by Section 906 has been provided to the Company and will be retained by the Company and furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission or its staff upon request.

 

/s/ Vincent A. Chippari

Vincent A. Chippari

Executive Vice President
and Chief Financial Officer

March 28, 2003

 

 




-----END PRIVACY-ENHANCED MESSAGE-----